RolePlay onLine RPoL Logo

, welcome to Worldwalker

19:28, 30th April 2024 (GMT+0)

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins.

Posted by GlantriFor group 0
Glantri
player, 1498 posts
Thu 3 Nov 2016
at 04:16
  • msg #1

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

This is a placeholder for the continuing thread of "Magnus' Meanderings", GMed by Glantri.  :)
Glantri
player, 1499 posts
Thu 3 Nov 2016
at 10:32
  • msg #2

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Bogar follows your lead and warning, and follows you in a similar manner. He doesn't move to inspect any of the bodies, electing to put all his attention towards watching for an ambush.

When you get close to Galad and the others, you see they are all breathing by the movement of their chest. They appear by all external observations to be completely unharmed despite being covered in blood.

You then try shaking Galad. He doesn't stir other than shifting slightly afterwards. He appears to still be asleep. I assume you try shaking him harder, which gets him to mumble incoherently before falling back into a deep sleep. At no point does he open his eyes.
Magnus
player, 2248 posts
Thu 3 Nov 2016
at 22:30
  • msg #3

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I'll shake him as hard as I can without hurting him.

I assume that doesn't work.

I mutter to myself
"Exhaustion? No that would have woke him...sleeping drugs?... no the dosage would be too precise. Magic?...maybe..."

I stand up and look around to try to spot who did this.
Glantri
player, 1501 posts
Sat 5 Nov 2016
at 11:14
  • msg #4

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

You're assumption is correct, he doesn't wake up regardless of how hard you shake him.

Bogar does interject at your mumbling, "there are stories about people being put to sleep using the one power, but I've also seen poultices that would knock a man out for hours. The court herbalist back home would... Well sometimes people had to be detained in non violent manners. It would knock them out so much that they could be relocated to the dungeon. It seldomly lasted more than 6 hours however."

When you stand up and look around you fail to find anybody other than the Galad and the two with him, Bogar and yourself.

You do see apparent trail marks where the white cloaks must have made their way in from the road. Upon further investigation you find one very well concealed set of tracks heading out in the same direction. They're masked to look as if they are all a part of the tracks coming in, and done well enough that you think you were lucky to even spot them.
Magnus
player, 2252 posts
Sun 6 Nov 2016
at 18:37
  • msg #5

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"I wish I knew why someone would leave them here unconscious with all these dead Whitecloaks. My first guess is it's some sort of setup to get the Whitecloaks to think we are some sort of Darkfiends... We would need to move them even if I am wrong. The question is how...I know away each of us can carry one but that leaves one...Do you have any ideas? The best I've came up with is for two of us to carry two of them for a while, then stop to rest while one of up goes back to get the other one. Making our way back to our camp."
Glantri
player, 1504 posts
Sun 6 Nov 2016
at 18:56
  • msg #6

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"A setup seems most likely, though whitecloaks already consider anyone involved in the affairs of the white tower to be a darkfriend. They inherently distrust anything to do with the one power. But I agree, this does reek of a setup.

As to moving the three, we could each carry one as you said, and just walk as far as line of sight before one of us doubles back for the other. It'll take a lot of time to get back to camp that way though... Probably would be after sunrise and we'd both be in terrible condition weariness wise if anything happened that we had to react to. We could always try and find the other two, and have them help us. But that would require making noise to get their attention or hoping to be lucky enough to stumble upon them. Or that they stumble upon this. Those are the only things that come to mind for me."
Magnus
player, 2254 posts
Sun 6 Nov 2016
at 23:28
  • msg #7

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"Looks like we have no choice. We'll go with that plan."

I'll pick Galad up into a fireman carry.(I.E. with his weight distributed evenly over my shoulders while using one of their arms and legs to keep them steady.)

Then we'll go as far as we can while maintaining visual contact with the other one. Then I'll set Galad down and go get the other guy. Repeat until we get to our camp.
Glantri
player, 1506 posts
Sun 6 Nov 2016
at 23:44
  • msg #8

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

The next hour and a half are an excruciatingly tiring process. You and Bogar are taking as few breaks as possible, and are making decent time all things considered, but every muscle is beginning to hurt.

It's at that time that you hear a rustling in the trees behind you, and when you spin around to see you are relieved to see Gawyn and Darien coming out from behind a nearby tree.

Gawyn's face looks solemn when he sees Galad and the others being carried before he realizes they aren't dead. His face lightens then and he simply says "Thank you Eli. I can not ever begin to repay you for tonight, but thank you."

Gawyn takes Galad and Darian takes one of the other two, leaving you and Bogar swapping off the third. Your time picks up considerably with this, and after another hour manage to get back to the cave where Lod and Rory have kept the fire going, but have built a shield of bark in front of it to keep it less visible from afar.

Once back in the camp, Gawyn asks "What happened? We didn't see anything out the way we went, and were lucky to hear the two of you while heading back to camp."

Lod and Rory are both moving about getting everyone water, having identified the toll the night has put on you all.
Magnus
player, 2255 posts
Mon 7 Nov 2016
at 02:27
  • msg #9

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I smile when we meet Gawyn. "There is no need for repayment. He's my friend too."

After we carry them back to the camp and Gawyn asks us that question.

"We searched the way Galad and the others went this morning. After two hours of searching we came across a body of a dead Whitecloak scout or crossbowman in a pool of his own blood. There was signs of a struggle around him along with two paths leading away. We examined the body and found this."

I pull out the piece of paper wrapped in cloth, cut open the cloth and read the paper with the Light of the fire.

"We followed the path north but it lead into a clearing and we lost  where it goes. when we returned the body was gone and the other tracks where harder to find. But we found them again and followed them for 45 minutes and found another clearing where a massacre had occurred. Whitecloaks and horses dead. There we found Galad and the others unconscious. We thought this smelled like a setup so we decided to move them to our camp. After An hour and a half of moving them we met you. We still don't know where Dahvin is."
Glantri
player, 1507 posts
Mon 7 Nov 2016
at 11:47
  • msg #10

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

The letter reads:

"You are charged with tracking Eli Bumbalough, a current person of interest. It is currently unknown whether he is a Darkfriend, so tread cautiously. Under no circumstances are you to engage him or his companions, stay silent and at a distance. Report back to me should he undertake any odd travel patterns or three days past the next new moon."

Then there is a charcoal sketch of your resemblance, in far better and more accurate detail than seems reasonable. After which it is signed:
"Forever walk in the light,
Lord Captain Bornholdt"

At the end of everything everyone seems a little shocked.
Gawyn speaks up first, "... I'm not sure I fully understand. These men had specific orders not to engage... and for some reason were tasked with following you? Not to mention they are camping at a border between Andor and the White Tower, neither of which are hospitable to Whitecloaks. Though I suppose they could get an overpriced inn some places of Andor... But if they didn't engage, and I know Galad wouldn't have engaged unprovoked... None of this makes any sense."
Magnus
player, 2258 posts
Mon 7 Nov 2016
at 16:45
  • msg #11

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"I'm curious as to how they got that sketch of me or how they know my name. They shouldn't have been in a position to see me or hear my name...

Maybe a third party provoked a confrontation? We won't know until Galad and the others wake up. I also have quite a few questions for Dahvin."
Glantri
player, 1509 posts
Mon 7 Nov 2016
at 22:53
  • msg #12

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Gawyn says, "The whitecloaks are rumored to have an extensive spy network. I hope it's that at least. The other option I can think of is they found out through the use of their Inquisitors. They use particularly nasty methods to get people to tell them things... of course they always claim to simply be asking questions, and only use such methods on those who do not walk in the light... There is a reason that nobility tends to dislike them operating in their lands.

As to a third party, that would make sense. How many whitecloaks did you say were left dead? I don't see any wounds on any of our own... and while we're pretty good, we're no warders yet and even if we were... I'd estimate 3 or 4 warders could take on maybe twice their numbers and if they got lucky not have any wounds. It's just bizarre to get through any combat with no cuts to ones body."
Magnus
player, 2260 posts
Tue 8 Nov 2016
at 05:22
  • msg #13

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"There was about a dozen Whitecloaks and horses.

...Yeah It is weird to go though a battle without getting hurt.

I have head about their Interrogation Methods...I hope no one suffered because of me..."
Glantri
player, 1511 posts
Tue 8 Nov 2016
at 07:43
  • msg #14

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

There is an awkward silence for a moment as no one has anything to add on the topic of torture when it is thankfully broken by Galad beginning to toss and mumble. It's incoherent at first but then becomes
"Huh... Wh... What happened? How did we get back here?"

The other two are not stirring yet, and Galad seems confused but coming to his senses.
Magnus
player, 2262 posts
Tue 8 Nov 2016
at 14:56
  • msg #15

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"You didn't come back to camp, so we looked for you. We found you in a field with a dozen slaughtered Whitecloaks. What can you remember from when you headed out to hunt this morning? "
Glantri
player, 1513 posts
Tue 8 Nov 2016
at 17:56
  • msg #16

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"We were out tracking boar marks, when we stopped to drink some water. Dahvin had thought ahead and brought one of the water skins and we all drank and rested for a few... I then vaguely remember trying to stand and then my vision went black. Next thing I knew, I was asleep and unable to open my eyelids when I heard the distant murmurings and finally was able to rouse myself."
Magnus
player, 2265 posts
Tue 8 Nov 2016
at 18:27
  • msg #17

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"... That's not good. Not good at all..."

I rub my forehead in concentration.

"I thought it was odd that Dahvin was so good at making stone tools. I suspended something when we found you three whith him nowhere to be found.

So he gave you three drugs that made you sleep, then he killed a dozen Whitecloaks and set it up to make it look like you three killed them.

The question is 'Why' now. Why did he do this?"
Glantri
player, 1515 posts
Tue 8 Nov 2016
at 23:31
  • msg #18

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Galad looks confused for a moment,
"Dahvin... Dahvin killed twelve whitecloaks? He's not a bad fighter, but I don't see any way he could pull off such a feat. I couldn't manage that, and he's never bested me in a fight.

As to why, I can see a few possible reasons. Whoever is orchestrating this may want the White Tower and the Whitecloaks to be at each others throat more than normal, perhaps trying to push for a formal war. Or trying to angle to wrest political control of Andor away from Tar Valon, claiming war crimes...

Then it could also be more individually targetted. Perhaps one of us being framed to mark us on the whitecloaks lists? Such a mark would certainly make traveling certain parts of the world more difficult.

Figuring out why is going to be mostly a guessing game though. What I don't understand is how. Whitecloaks are military men, they have training. And warfare is largely determined by the numbers. Perhaps a rare blademaster would be able to confidently take out a dozen men, but nothing short of that."
Magnus
player, 2269 posts
Wed 9 Nov 2016
at 07:16
  • msg #19

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"I don't know. Maybe he had help. Maybe he only took out a few at a time and dragged them to that field.

What you said is likely though. Some Whitecloak Scouts where order to observe me. Here is a letter I got off one of them."

I'll show Galad the Letter.
Glantri
player, 1517 posts
Wed 9 Nov 2016
at 10:18
  • msg #20

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

He takes the letter and reads it a few times.
"This is quite an oddity Eli. I question whether it's accurate or was placed for you to find... but that may just be suspicion that is heightened from Dahvins apparent betrayal.

Should we assume it is real, it makes a fight with them even stranger. If these were a scouting patrol tasked with shadowing they would never have attacked us, and finding them when they didn't want to be found would be a task in and of itself. I wonder how long you have been followed by a member of this scouting party however. If they only just arrived their death will take longer to detect inside the whitecloaks organization. If they had been sending back regular reports though they will know soon.

But that's not the point I was getting to. Dahvin would have needed to know where these men were well enough to drug us at the right time, find a group of scouts who specifically are trying to stay unseen and unconfrontational, kill twelve men, and extricate himself before anyone arrived.

I'm sorry Eli, but this seems like a puzzle to me and one that I don't have a great idea on solving yet. I will continue to think on it."
Magnus
player, 2271 posts
Wed 9 Nov 2016
at 14:43
  • msg #21

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"You are correct. We just need to get the Answers out of Dehvin instead of speculating uselessly. I have my speculations but I don't have any evidence to back it up.

What shall we do now? Dahvin isn't likely to show himself now."
Glantri
player, 1519 posts
Wed 9 Nov 2016
at 17:26
  • msg #22

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"We have to juggle it with our task. We still are in training, and leaving early violates that. But the tower should know immediately. Further, the authorities should be alerted to Dahvins suspected crimes if possible.

So there is the dilemma. We are tasked to both stay here and return to the tower. We can not do both. Perhaps splitting us up and sending some back to return, though that risks ambush on the way if the path is being watched."
Magnus
player, 2273 posts
Wed 9 Nov 2016
at 18:08
  • msg #23

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"I guess I should be the one to report back to the White Tower so that I am the only one that fails. Although I don't like the idea of leaving you alone against Dahvin or other Whitecloaks.

He is still a better woodsman than us. Be careful and watch out for traps."
Glantri
player, 1521 posts
Thu 10 Nov 2016
at 03:56
  • msg #24

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"It's less about who fails I suspect. How we handle a task is part of the evaluation and training. The choice is ultimately yours though. Did you want us to try and move the bodies while you're away, or leave them for your return? And be careful, It seems you may be the target of some of this for whatever reason."

Are you taking any supplies with you on your trip back and when do you plan to leave. It's past midnight, and your exhaustion is becoming  severe. Is there anything you want to accomplish before heading back?
Magnus
player, 2276 posts
Thu 10 Nov 2016
at 17:04
  • msg #25

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"... I wouldn't move the bodies if I was you. It would cause more conflict with the Whitecloaks if they saw you moving the bodies.

Anyway, lets rest for now. How are we going to arrange the watchs?"

I guess I'll leave after we eat in the morning. We got here after a days travel on horse back. So it'll probably take me two or three days to get back. I'll see if the other will let me carry enough of those berries to keep me going during the trip.
Glantri
player, 1523 posts
Fri 11 Nov 2016
at 00:24
  • msg #26

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Lod speaks up, "Rory and I will take watch until morning. We are by far the least tired and can sleep in the cave during the day."  He sounds much more assertive than you've ever heard him before. Assuming you don't object and go to sleep I'll move on. Otherwise just say so and we can rewind.

You fall asleep quickly once you lay down, weariness sinking into your bones.

You find yourself on an unfamiliar hill, overlooking a coastal city. There are signs of battle at the city walls, and the beginnings of a strong storm are pressing in from the sea.
Magnus
player, 2278 posts
Fri 11 Nov 2016
at 06:49
  • msg #27

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

No, I wouldn't object to that.

Well, First thing first. Let's check if I am in the dream world.

I'll pinch the skin on my arm to see if I feel pain.
Glantri
player, 1525 posts
Fri 11 Nov 2016
at 09:55
  • msg #28

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

You pinch your arm and feel the familiar sting you would expect. It's a little distant as if you only partially exist here currently though.
Magnus
player, 2281 posts
Sat 12 Nov 2016
at 08:06
  • msg #29

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Ok. I'm going to try to explore this. But I need to be careful. First thing. Form Armor. Second thing Form Weapon. ... That shroud protected me from that explosion but it was only made of Dreamstuff... So it was my will holding it together? So Technically I could do it without an Item to focus on. But Magic feathers help. Therefor I should pick something That I know will protect me.

Well. I would just make a suit of magic armor. But instead I'll form a suit of Power armor over myself. Styled after Samus Aran's Fully upgraded suit from the Metroid Series. I'll alter it so that it is optimized for melee instead of ranged.(I.E No arm cannon. And the pauldrons are a manageable size that won't obstruct my view.)

Next I'll form an Oricalcum Daiklave. This is from Exalted.A Daiklave is a sword used by the Exalted. A standard one is between 4 and 6 feet long and about 6 inches wide. They are generally made of magical materials(Like oricalcum,) that make them practically indestructible. Normally they would be too big and clumsy to use. But By attuning to the user's essence they are lightened for the user such that they can be used like a standard straight sword... But they are still swinging a hundred pound piece of sharpened metal around. As quickly as they can use a normal sword. The physics on normal human bodies isn't pretty.

After I form those things, I'll do a quick test with them to see how they preform.

Then I'll head into the town.

OOC: Do I need to detail the capabilities of the suit and sword? They are fairly ridiculous. But not as ridiculous as turning into Archer
Glantri
player, 1528 posts
Sat 12 Nov 2016
at 11:52
  • msg #30

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

OOC)Not for now at least. Only thing I need to know is if you are including the helmet in the modified Samus outfit, or is your face exposed.

You summon your armor and sword. Summoning them is easy, but you find keeping them summoned is not. Whenever you let your mind wander to other topics one or both shimmer and shift, replaced by standard clothing, or other weapons, or similar but not the same armor. It takes an active effort to keep them in place.

You test them by going through several motions and they both perform exactly as you would expect.

You head into town and as you get closer you can make out what looked like signs of battle from afar. There are tents and campfires set up outside the city perimeter and buildings have scorch marks in some places. The marks seem to appear and then fade back to an unmarried structure however, which gives the illusion of an active battle from afar.

The tents you find look empty of life from the outside, and the town gives you chills and destinctly reminds you of a ghost town, showing no sign of life.

In the distance you see the sea and various large vessels with reinforced hulls and slim profiles. The ships are nearly pitch black in color, and almost shine. In the opposite direction are the hills you came from, which just kind of roll on for as far as you can see.
Magnus
player, 2283 posts
Sat 12 Nov 2016
at 20:21
  • msg #31

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

OOC: I did form a helmet with the suit. Since headshots are still a thing. But the helmet does have a clear faceplate so they can see my face from the front. Well at least my eyes and nose.

I'll head in the direction that my gut instinct tells me to go in.

Do I see any signs in the city telling me it's name or other information?

Do I recognized the kind of ships out in the ocean?

I assume that the level of concentration need to maintain them can be maintained in combat. Is that correct?
Glantri
player, 1529 posts
Sun 13 Nov 2016
at 05:42
  • msg #32

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

You think the level of concentration would work in battle, though it is an added aspect to control. It's hard to say exactly how easy or difficult it will be until you try it in a real battle.

You don't recognize the ships as being from any nation or anything more specific about them.

Your instincts take you into the city to explore for some sign of where this might be. You find that everything is stonework from the road, to the houses and even the dockyard. Very little is labeled with a sign among what you find, except for one building labeled "The Three Plum Blossoms" inn.

As you get near the Three Plums, the hair on the back of your neck stands on end and you get the distinct feeling you are being watched. When you spin around to look however you don't see anyone.
Magnus
player, 2286 posts
Sun 13 Nov 2016
at 22:00
  • msg #33

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I call out, "I can sense you here. Show Yourselves!"
I'll amplify my voise with the suit so that it is really loud.

If no one shows up, I'll call out
"If you do now show yourselves, I'll be forced to destroy the entire area."
This message was last edited by the player at 22:03, Sun 13 Nov 2016.
Glantri
player, 1532 posts
Sun 13 Nov 2016
at 22:07
  • msg #34

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

No one comes out when you call out. The sense of being watched was fleeting however, and has subsided.

You wait a few minutes and then issue your second claim, booming loudly enough that anyone within half a mile should be able to hear.
And you wait,

And wait,

And wait.

It's been several more minutes and no one has come forward,though the fleeting feeling of being watched also hasn't returned. The chill feeling is lingering slightly though.
Magnus
player, 2287 posts
Sun 13 Nov 2016
at 22:34
  • msg #35

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

...Damn it.

I'll explore the inn too see what I can find. after that I'll go to the docks to get a closer look at those ships. does one look like a Flagship?
Glantri
player, 1533 posts
Sun 13 Nov 2016
at 23:12
  • msg #36

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

You enter the inn and see what could pass as any inn in the world, including many you have danced at with Susan. There is a stage for a gleeman to perform at, 8 tables with 4 chairs each and a bar with a set of tools. There is clearly a table in the corner that from experience you expect is often the dicing table.

There is no one in there however, and  the tables are empty. You don't find any hanging maps, or signage that mentions nationality. The decoration is of a seafaring nature, but you already knew it was a coastal city.

As to the ships, you get closer and see they aren't painted black but rather use a black shiny tar for waterproofing the hull. None strike you as a flagship, in fact they all seem to be built for speed, much like you would expect in a scouting troop.

Each one you estimate could hold 30 men, but could be crewed with as few as 10. It's got both a sail and rowing positions.

You do find signage at the docks however, reading "Port of Falme"
Magnus
player, 2290 posts
Mon 14 Nov 2016
at 02:33
  • msg #37

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I'll jump over to one of the ships and see what I can find in it.

The jump should be easy since I don't have to follow the laws of physics here.
Glantri
player, 1536 posts
Mon 14 Nov 2016
at 02:59
  • msg #38

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

You jump over to the ship, clearing 100 feet of water without breaking a sweat, and land lightly.

Up close now you can see there are 5 rows of oars, a set of stairs down, a door into an area at the back of the boat, and a wheel up on a secondary level.

What are you looking for? Anything in particular?
Magnus
player, 2291 posts
Mon 14 Nov 2016
at 03:22
  • msg #39

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I'm looking for any writing or anything to suggest where this ship is from.

After that I'll follow my gut instincts to... where I need to go? I'm basically exploitating my nature as a Ta'veren to point myself where I need to go. Based on Luck/intuition.
Glantri
player, 1537 posts
Mon 14 Nov 2016
at 04:25
  • msg #40

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Your instincts lead you into the back room on the ship, which you discover to be the captains room.

You find a stack of letters in there, but they appear and disappear seemingly at random, and never stay long enough to read. What does stay long enough however is the tactical map on the central table. It appears and stays for a few minutes before fading away again. You manage to make out several key features during it.

First is that the map shows lands that aren't on any map you've seen in this world. The coastline of a distant land is portrayed and labeled Seandar. It appears to be across the Aryth Ocean, which is labeled. The lands you're used to seeing on maps are still there though the names aren't what you expect.

This room has your instincts buzzing, but not any particular aspect of it in general. When you concentrate on your Ta'veren nature however you have a momentary swimming sensation as your world rocks slightly and you have a flash of Rand, Perrin and Matt riding after the horn and dagger.
Magnus
player, 2294 posts
Mon 14 Nov 2016
at 09:31
  • msg #41

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Well. That didn't work as planed. But it is good to know they are still ok.

I'll wander around to figure out where I need to go.
Glantri
player, 1539 posts
Mon 14 Nov 2016
at 23:53
  • msg #42

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Sorry it took a bit to reply to this. I think we are on different wave lengths, as I thought what evidence you found was fairly close to what you wanted but I think in hindsight I missed that mark. Hopefully this clarifies a bit.

Your ta'veren nature will sometimes strongly assert certain paths as being pivotal to the pattern being spun, and prophecy fulfilled. You've largely been told that from the limited amount the Aes Sedai know and are willing to share.

You've experienced one time where the world felt like it was at a crucial juncture, and your Ta'veren nature resonated strongly for a while (at the eye of the world). The pattern has more fully integrated you into it now though, and you are feeling resonances of important times and places. There is a certain fundamental understanding that your character has of this deep down, even if the mechanics of it are foreign.

Your soul is resonating with thee distinct and disparate events currently. Concentrating on your Ta'veren nature brings forth the import of your connection with the three other Ta'veren, and when done at the right time offers you a glimpse of their location or a sense of which direction they are in.

Unconsciously, your mind is being brought to the town of Falme, with the inn and the ships you found.

And in your waking hours you sense a level of importance in the white tower. Not only from a personal gain perspective but from the Ta'veren perspective.

You get the feeling that all three are approaching an event of cataclysmic import, and the presence or abcense of a single Ta'veren may tip the scales at any given one. But how many Ta'veren are needed is a an unknown.

You finish exploring the ship, and find a series of barracks like rooms that don't draw particular attention. What does draw attention is a secondary set of barracks with the only difference being each room has a single peg with most having a silver collar with a 5 foot chain attached. For whatever reason it gives you the chills.

Right around that time you realize that you are starting to wake up, despite it feeling like you have been here less than an hour. You think you have time to investigate one more ship, or scry on the other Ta'veren briefly, or any other reasonably brief task before you will wake from this world.


OOC)hope that was better than the previous post.
Magnus
player, 2297 posts
Tue 15 Nov 2016
at 02:07
  • msg #43

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

OOC: Sorry, I wasn't very clear ether. But that did help.
Basically before I was trying to exploit my Ta'veren luck to get me going where I needed to be. This makes sense to me because The heroine of one of my favorite series has something similar. Reimu Hakurei of the Touhou Series has such good 'intuition' that she can fly in a random direction and then run into someone that can point her in the direction needed to solve the current incident.


I'm about to wake up. I need to find out what those collar things are.
I don't have time to transform into EMIYA. So I'll just have to try Structural Anylyse myself.


I touch the silver collar and take a little bit of mana that I generate and put it into the collar picking up it's history, How it was made, What its is made of, what is is used for. Then I'll take the mana back in to me to process the information withing it.

(Basically preforming retrocognation on it along with an analyse of it's materials.)
Glantri
player, 1542 posts
Tue 15 Nov 2016
at 03:11
  • msg #44

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I forgot to mention the collar has a bracelet at the other end of the chain it's attached to.

-------
You touch the collar in order to send a little mana into it and your brain feels like it's being poked by superheated needles. Your vision swims and you release the collar. The mana was sent however, and after a few seconds it returns to you, educating you on the design on the bracelet and collar pair.

The item is called an A'dam, a flash of hearing someone refer to it appearing in your head as the mana returns to you. It's a Ter'angreal. It is used to subjugate a woman who can channel and force her to the users will.

That's all the brief exposure and small bit of mana was able to glean however before you wake up, sweating and exhausted. You stare up and see that dawn is upon you yet you feel like you haven't slept more than a handful of minutes. Some of the others are beginning to get up and move about already, but look to be avoiding where you lay.
Magnus
player, 2298 posts
Tue 15 Nov 2016
at 03:23
  • msg #45

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Sweet that worked!... I mean of course it worked.

I get up.
"Sigh. Of course I didn't rest well... Good morning."

I'll get ready to start heading to the White Tower.
Glantri
player, 1543 posts
Tue 15 Nov 2016
at 11:45
  • msg #46

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Lod comes over, bringing you water. "Morning Eli. We mostly gathered as much. You mumbled on your sleep most the night and began thrashing about at the end there... are you feeling ok? Are you sure you want to make this trip alone instead of taking at least one of us with you?"

They all help you get ready either way, but concern is apparent in each persons eyes, though a mask of weariness covers sea lot of it.

Are you trying to make the best time towards Tar Valon on your way back? Do you plan to sleep along the edge of the road, or try and find inns or buildings you can sleep in?
Magnus
player, 2300 posts
Tue 15 Nov 2016
at 16:25
  • msg #47

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"I'm sill tired. But I should be ok.
Someone coming to watch my back would be good now that I think about it. Who wants to come with me?"

I'm going to go as fast as we can maintain. Since I want to get to Tar Valon as soon as possible. We'll probably sleep on the side of the road or an inn when we need to. Although we'll have to figure out how to pay the inn.
Glantri
player, 1545 posts
Tue 15 Nov 2016
at 17:57
  • msg #48

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Galad steps forward, "we have discussed already that should you accept a second that I shall travel with you. Let us be off then."

You travel hard that first day and make it to the road and within sight of an inn. When you mention not knowing how to pay for an inn when the conversation gets to it, Galad says:
"If we are not concerned about making some noise and drawing attention I can get us a night at an inn and horses for tomorrow. I would have to announce myself and claim birthright however. I'm unsure whether you intended to mask our trail, which that would surely not do."
Magnus
player, 2302 posts
Wed 16 Nov 2016
at 03:16
  • msg #49

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"That... would work. I would like to avoid drawing attention if possible. But that would get us to Tar Valon faster... Let's look at our other options first. We could ask for a room in exchange for a performance. Then the question is what we could perform... Can you play a musical instrument? That would depend if they had one... Maybe I could improvise a sword dance...I don't know if it would be any good. The Royal family will pay them for the horses and such, Correct? I guess your idea is the best option. Go ahead."
Glantri
player, 1547 posts
Fri 18 Nov 2016
at 01:03
  • msg #50

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"Playing at an inn would draw as much attention. I may be able to go unnoticed when trying to stay out of others attention, but we are still in lands under Andors rule. Someone would be bound to know my face.

And yes, the horses would be paid for and the rooms compensated, from a fund normally reserved for when my mother travels. But it's the right thing to do in this case."

Are you going up to talk with the inn owner with Galad or waiting outside the inn? It occurs to you that he will be the focus of attention while inside, and while information is valuable your likeness was known by at least one group of white cloaks.
Magnus
player, 2305 posts
Fri 18 Nov 2016
at 07:28
  • msg #51

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"That is true. Too bad I didn't think to bring my money. Oh well.

Anyway. That's good then. I'll leave the talking to you."

I'll go in close enough to listen in, But otherwise don't act to draw attention to myself.
Glantri
player, 1549 posts
Sat 19 Nov 2016
at 12:08
  • msg #52

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

The inn is small but abuzz of conversation. Galad enters and moments later you hear an audible shift in the level of conversation. You listen in to the conversation:
"Greetings Innkeep, I am Galadedrid Damodred of House Trakand. I regret having to ask this of you, but I must invoke birthright. A companion and I are traveling and are in need of a room for the night and two horses."
There is a moment of silence before
"Ah yes, of course Prince Damodred. It is an honor to serve the house of Trakand." And there is a rustling of keys. "A serving girl will be up with dinner in an hours time."

You hear the sound of someone walking up the stairs then and the inn slowly returns to its previous level of chatter
Magnus
player, 2307 posts
Sat 19 Nov 2016
at 16:10
  • msg #53

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I'll quietly follow Galad upstairs to our room.
Glantri
player, 1551 posts
Sat 19 Nov 2016
at 17:13
  • msg #54

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

You enter the inn, and make your way up the stairs without anyone paying any apparent attention. There are about a dozen men and women at various tables, and the innkeep who id a grey haired man possibly in his late 50s.

When you get to the top of the stairs Galad is motioning, and then enters a room. When you enter you see him rearranging furniture. After you enter he closes the door and begins barricading the door.

"It may be paranoia, but i would rather not be caught off guard. The innkeep seemed off to me, and he did not follow the customs I had expected. All the same, we need rest and this is safer than on the road. And we really could use those horses."
Magnus
player, 2309 posts
Sat 19 Nov 2016
at 17:17
  • msg #55

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"How was what he did different from what you where expecting? And what are we going to do about the servant girl when she comes up?"
Glantri
player, 1553 posts
Sat 19 Nov 2016
at 21:35
  • msg #56

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"We could send her away, or set this up to be in position to barricade at will. That would raise less suspicion I suppose.

As to what was different, he should have given an oath of fealty when I mentioned the Queen. And I saw no ensignia of loyalty in the inn. I may just be paranoid, due to the unrest in Caemlyn when I last left."
Magnus
player, 2311 posts
Sun 20 Nov 2016
at 17:29
  • msg #57

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"It is possible that they are loyal to the Children of the Light instead. I doubt they would assault you though. I would be careful though. Sleeping Drought or worse would be easy to slip in to the food they give us.

So we set up the door to barricade at will, accept the food to not appear odd, and only eat a little bit to see how the food affects us."
Glantri
player, 1555 posts
Sun 20 Nov 2016
at 18:13
  • msg #58

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"I imagine it's going to depend on who all saw me down there. But loyalty to the whitecloaks has been an issue that's accelerating faster than I would expect. I wouldn't rule out assault, though I think it's unlikely."

Your barricade is set up with both of you helping easily enough, and arranged that you can knock out a supporting chair to cause a desk to crash and barricade the door quickly if need be. Or if given more time slide it over quietly.

Shortly after the serving girl, a late teens girl with raven black hair and blue eyes, delivers a tray of two generous portions of roast pig, seasonal berries, and two goblets of a deep red wine.

After she leaves, Galad moves to start barricading the door immediately, but quietly. "So I'm thinking we should try and eat some of the meat, as it's harder to dose than the liquid and we need energy for tomorrow. The berries are too much of a risk, and while the wine is risky... we do need something to drink."
Magnus
player, 2314 posts
Sun 20 Nov 2016
at 22:46
  • msg #59

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Do we have any water left?



"That makes sense. We could just drink the wine a little at a time to see if it affects us."

I'll enter the Flame and the Void variant that intensifies my senses.
I'll eat a bit of the roast and drink some of the wine to see if anything tastes odd.
Glantri
player, 1557 posts
Sun 20 Nov 2016
at 23:05
  • msg #60

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

You have about a quarter of the waterskin left. You don't think there is any chance you would die of thirst on your travels even if that waterskin was all the two of you drank, but it would do a number on your body and not leave you in the best fighting condition if such a thing is required.

You enter the flame and the void and take a small bite of the pig roast and wait a few minutes. It tastes fine, if poorly seasoned. It strikes you that it's particularly low grade to serve high royalty. Even a high merchant might take offense.

You move on to the wine while Galad is still processing his bite of pig roast. You sip it and taste a rich grape taste. In contrast to the pig roast this is an incredible wine. It has several subtle notes of flavor and a refreshing cedar overtone. It's only your heightened awareness that lets you realize there is a secondary note there, masked by its similarity to the cedar overtone of the wine.
Magnus
player, 2317 posts
Mon 21 Nov 2016
at 01:00
  • msg #61

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"... The roast isn't that good. I'm surprised that they gave this to you. Hold on for a bit on the wine. I taste something masked by the cedar overtone of the wine."

I monitor how I feel to note the effect of what ever I tasted.
Glantri
player, 1560 posts
Mon 21 Nov 2016
at 01:06
  • msg #62

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

You feel your senses trying to dull after about 15 minutes. It almost feels like the void is trying to collapse in on itself. You suspect you would be in severe danger of being incapacitated had you drank more or if the void didn't shelter you partially.

Even still your limbs feel slightly sluggish.
Magnus
player, 2318 posts
Mon 21 Nov 2016
at 01:31
  • msg #63

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"Yeah... The wine was drugged. My senses are getting dull from the little bit I drank. and I feel sluggish. We should be getting company. This was meant to incapacitate if we drank it all. Should we try to escape?"
Glantri
player, 1561 posts
Mon 21 Nov 2016
at 01:37
  • msg #64

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Galad curses, a sight you don't see often, and then says
"We could run, but it's the end of a day that was already long, and if you're not able to move quickly from the wine to begin with... if we need to run we'll need horses. I see no other way of staying ahead of whoever is trying to incapacitate us. Or for that matter if the poison isnt something that in a larger dose would kill after incapacitation. We might be able to get out of the window and to the stables before anyone could see us. Either that or just try and sneak out of town, if we get far enough before they notice we're gone our speed may not matter."
Magnus
player, 2320 posts
Mon 21 Nov 2016
at 03:50
  • msg #65

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"Sneaking out the window and getting the horses sounds like a solid plan. Let's do that."

I'll follow him out the window to the stables.
Glantri
player, 1563 posts
Mon 21 Nov 2016
at 11:54
  • msg #66

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Are you eating or bringing any of the roast pig with you?

The two of you sneak out the window and walk carefully along the roof in the full dark of the night.

You make it over to the section of the roof above the stables and see a stable hand leaving, hopefully for the night.

Galad climbs down first, and checks that all is clear before you follow, much less acrobatically than you are accustomed to, but without falling or making a lot of noise.

The stables have 6 pens, 5 of which have horses in them. There is one war horse, two riding horses, and 2 carriage horses. It appears the war horse was only recently put in the the stables as he is the only one awake and staring at you and Galad. He hasn't moved to winnie yet, but also doesn't look calm.
Magnus
player, 2322 posts
Mon 21 Nov 2016
at 16:06
  • msg #67

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I'll see if we have anything to wrap the roast pig in and take it with us. The bedsheets might work.

I'll comment to Galad about the warhorse.
"That warhorse doesn't like us. We better hurry up with those riding horses before it makes a scene."
Glantri
player, 1565 posts
Mon 21 Nov 2016
at 17:58
  • msg #68

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

You wrap the meat in the blanket easily enough.

------
You try and quickly get the the riding horses without further disturbing the war horse when the world turns chaotic.

In the course of only a handful of seconds several things happen. You see that the war horses bridal bears the white sunburst of the whitecloaks, which wasn't visible from your original vantage. At the same time as you see that you hear a man in armor coming. You and Galad manage to mount the riding horses however and tear out of the stables.

The war horse has started to neigh loudly, and there are shouts from behind you of "I demand you stop"etc.

Are you making a path to the forest which parralella the road, or straight down the road towards Tar Valon?
Magnus
player, 2325 posts
Mon 21 Nov 2016
at 20:29
  • msg #69

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I would go down the road as fast as possible.  Unless Galad lead us off the road.

I would continue for as long as the horses could keep up the pace.
Glantri
player, 1567 posts
Mon 21 Nov 2016
at 22:43
  • msg #70

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Galad is behind you slightly and following your lead. You both push your horses to the fastest sprint they can manage. They are apparently fine breeds, as they manage to ride the several hours remaining to get to the bridge to Tar Valon.

You see the warhorse and rider follow doggedly but fail to gain ground on you and Galad. When the bridge of Tar Valon comes into sight he finally rears his horse and falls back.

As you get to the bridge, your horse is visibly flagging. You suspect if you don't let it rest soon it will break a leg or otherwise injure itself. Meanwhile your own exhaustion and the drug that you imbibed are pressing in on you. The void you formed is shaking in your mind, threatening collapse at any moment. You arent sure what effect it snapping from exhaustion will have, but you feel that you need to sleep soon.

Galad looks tired as well, but no where near as much as you feel.
Magnus
player, 2327 posts
Tue 22 Nov 2016
at 08:53
  • msg #71

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I'll Dismount my horse after we get past the Bridge and lead it to the White Tower.

"One can almost admire their tenacity if they weren't planning on doing something really unpleasant to get their version of the truth out of you.

One I lose the Flame and the Void, The fatigue and that drug are going to hit me hard, I rather not pass out and fall off a horse.

Let's get to the Tower. They need to know the information we have."
Glantri
player, 1569 posts
Tue 22 Nov 2016
at 10:52
  • msg #72

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

You tell Galad your plans and he starts to say something as you feel the void pop, and everything it was keeping out,the fatigue, the hunger,the pain, all come rushing in like the waters of a broken dam. Your vision swims and then goes black as you barely hear Galad say something that is unintelligible at that point.

-------------

You open your eyes and see a very tired looking Shemerin Sedai looking down at you. You can see out of a window off the side that it's still dark, though dawn is threatening to arrive. Your fatigue is gone and you don't sense any remnant of poison, though you are ravenously hungry.

Verin speaks from just off to the side, "Galad here indicated that there was a conflict, and that you were poisoned. Good thing he mentioned that too, as you wouldn't have woken up otherwise.

Now that this is taken care of, what were you running from so much that you abandoned your fellow trainees and drove yourself near to death in exhaustion?"
Magnus
player, 2329 posts
Tue 22 Nov 2016
at 17:03
  • msg #73

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I flinch when she mentions abandoning them.

"We weren't planning on rushing here like this.

Yesterday things where going well with our survival training. We split into three groups. Galad led a group in hunting. Gawyn lead a group in foraging. And the last two stayed at our camp to keep the fire going and make the tools we needed. Later that day Gawyn's group had returned to camp but Galad and his group where still out.

We formed two search parties to go and look for Galad and the others. Myself and Bogar where one Gawyn and Darian where the other one.

Bogar and I when in the direction that Galad when in the morning. We found a dead Whitecloak scout with this letter. There where signs of a struggle between at least four people in that area."

I pull out the Letter and give it to Verin

"Apparently the Whitecloaks are watching me. Anyway, There where two trails We followed one and it lead to a field that I couldn't follow it in. When we returned the Whitecloak's body was gone and the other trail had been hidden better. We managed to find it again and it lead to another field. But this one contain the bodies of a dozen Whitecloaks and their horses.

But we found Most of Galad's group. Only Dahvin was missing. We determined that Galad and the others hadf been hit with a sleeping drought that left them unconscious. We then worked to carry Galad and the others back to camp. Carrying three people when you only have two guys is very hard. But we found Gawyn's search party and they helped us carry them back to the camp.

We got back and disscussed what was going onwith the Whitecloaks and Dahvin. at this point Galad woke up and we got was happened. Dahvin prepared the waterskin that morning. As they where hunting, they got thirsty and Dahvin offered it to them. But it contained a sleeping drought. Which knocked them out.

We don';t have an explanation of how those Whitecloaks died. Maybe Dahvin killed them all. Maybe he had help. Ether way something is going on and the White Tower needed to know about it.
So I decided to set off in the morning. After a terrible night's sleep and a weird dream, I thought someone to watch my back would be a good idea. Galad volunteered.

We walked most of the day back to Tar Valon. and decided to rest at an in using Galad's status... Things where off. The inn keeper didn't do the proper oath of fealty to the queen and there was no ensignia of loyalty in the inn.

When went up to the room and set up a barricade at the door. They brought us food and wine. The roast pig was poor. I tried a little of the wine to test for poisons... It was poisoned. I managed to taste it by using the Flame and the Void. That alerted us to the need to get out of there.

We escaped out the window as the effects of the poision started hitting me.
By the way could you teel what kind of poison it was with the One Power?
Anyway, we went to the stables. Apparantly they called the Whitecloaks because one of their horses where there. We took two riding horses and the Whitecloak chased us on his warhorse. All the way to Tar Valon. There he backed off at the bridge.

One can almost admire their tenacity if they weren't planning on doing something really unpleasant to get their version of the truth out of you.


I dismounted at this point and then My Flame and the Void Collapsed and I passed out"
Glantri
player, 1571 posts
Sat 26 Nov 2016
at 15:36
  • msg #74

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Shemerin speaks up first, "I believe the poison was a type of eldroot extract. You're very lucky to be alive. It's a favored poison among assassins in the south, as it's effects are delayed from initial ingestion. But once one falls asleep from it, it begins working on the bodies vital organs. The number of cases where I've seen people wake from it without healing are quite small."

Verin then begins, "So it sounds that Dahvin is a traitor, but we don't know for who. It seems unlikely he's a traitor for the whitecloaks, or why would a group that large end up dead. Further, it is concerning there is a scouting party of that size so close to Tar Valon. Andor has traditionally been aligned with the White Tower and the whitecloaks find little shelter in travel there. Not that they are turned away, but extra courtesies are not paid.

We need to get the other trainees out of there however, I'll accompany Thomas myself, and see if a green sister will accompany me. Are the two of you fit to travel? I don't want to waste time searching for them if I don't need to."

Other than feeling ravenously hungry, you don't feel injured or tired. Galad looks far more tired than you actually, though you suspect he could ride another day or so without much problem, though fighting would be hard.

OOC)Sorry for the long delay, I needed the notes on my computer for this one, and haven't gotten much of a chance to sit down at it in the past few days
Magnus
player, 2332 posts
Sat 26 Nov 2016
at 19:20
  • msg #75

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"I am lucky to be alive then.

I should be good as long as I get something to eat. Galad looks tired though. Shemerin Sedai, could you please take care of his Fatigue?

I guess I should go with you to talk to the Green Aes Sedai."
Glantri
player, 1573 posts
Sat 26 Nov 2016
at 19:43
  • msg #76

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Shemerin let's out an exhausted sigh but nods. "It is important that you all be off immediately..."

She puts her hand to Galads head and after an abnormally long moment takes her hand back. Galad thanks her and you Galad and Verin make your way to the green hall. On the way Verin asks Galad to run and find Thomas, and meet you all at the gate.

Once Galad has set off she mentions,
"You mentioned odd dreams again, are they like last time?"
Magnus
player, 2335 posts
Sun 27 Nov 2016
at 00:37
  • msg #77

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"Yes, In that I could take control of them. I believe I am going to Tel'aran'rhiod on my own. Because Even after you warded me I had a dream that I could take control of... That one didn't last long because I followed your instructions and forced myself awake.

Anyway, Is there a Port of the west coast called Falme that is made primarily of stonework and has an inn called The Three Plum Blossoms Inn? Does Tel'aran'rhiod reflect the waking world?"

I'll let her answer that.
Glantri
player, 1575 posts
Sun 27 Nov 2016
at 00:55
  • msg #78

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

She pauses for a moment before saying,
"Interesting... I am unfamiliar with all of the inns on Almoth Plain, but Falme is a port city bordering the Aeryth Ocean. As to what Tel'aran'rhoid reflects, keep in mind we haven't had a dreamer in a long time... and now possibly two, and one male... But as best as we know, the dream world reflects the waking world, to a degree."
Magnus
player, 2337 posts
Sun 27 Nov 2016
at 01:57
  • msg #79

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"I see. If I hazard a guess, I would say that It reflects things that stay in place for a long time...

Then that city is probably under attack or conquered when I slept yesterday morning.
I saw an unfamiliar port city in my dream. The First thing I did was to test if I was in Tel'aran'rhiod by pinching myself. I felt pain from that so I decided to protect myself by forming weapons and armor...It's was hard keeping them in place. I had to concentrate to maintain them. Anyway I walked to the city.

When I was exploring the city there where blast marks and scorch marks that appeared and disappeared giving me the impression of a active battle. There where tents outside the perimeter of the city. And I saw black ships in an unfamiliar design anchored out in the ocean.

I explored inside the city but didn't find much. I found the The Three Plum Blossoms Inn and then the hair on the back of my neck stood on end and I felt like I was being watched. I told them that I sensed them and to show themselves. Apparently that scared them off.

I explored the inn for a bit and didn't find anything. So I decided to try the ships...
The ships where black due to the Tar used to make them waterproof. The Ships where build for speed like scouting ships. they look to be crewed by about 30 but could sail with only 10. They have oars and sails.

I explored the ship and found the captain's room. There was a stack of letters. but I couldn't read them because they appeared and disappeared too fast. I did Find a map and it stayed long enough for me to study it. It showed a land called Seandar across the Aryth Ocean. I would guess the ships are from there. Then I looked in the barracks and found a secondary barracks. They had silver collars that had a 5 foot silver chain attached to a silver bracelet. They had quite a few of these things hanging on pegs in the secondary barracks. and for some reason these things give me the chills.

At this point I senses that I was about to wake up. So I decided to find out all I can about these things before I woke up.

I drew it's history out of it and got an impression of what it is used for. It is called an A'dam. It is something called an Ter'angreal... It is use to subjugate a female channeler and force them to do the user's will.

I'm fairly certain that this information is accurate. Those two Old Tongue words. I've never heard them before. What ever I did, I think I got the item's history from it's dream world self.

Who ever these people from Seandar are. They are dangerous. They can enslave the White Tower with those collars."
Glantri
player, 1577 posts
Sun 27 Nov 2016
at 02:12
  • msg #80

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Verin listens intently as you tell your story,

"Thats... very concerning. I don't disbelieve you Eli, some of it is just hard to accept. I would suggest not mentioning this to other sisters. For what I can tell you in these regards...

Almoth Plain is in a perpetual state of war, so that in and of itself wouldn't be surprising. After the country of Almoth fell apart there have always been warring factions.

That said, these boats you speak of, I haven't read anything like that, nor have I ever heard of this Seandar. But we will need to investigate for sure.

As to the Ter'angreal... it's hard to believe such a thing exists, though there is much from the age of legends that was lost and we know little of now. This may be one of those things resurfacing. As to the words themselves, Ter'angreal simply means an object which can harness the one power. They are uncommon but a variety exist. It is of the White tower's interest to know of and collect those that do exist obviously. A'dam... let's see, if I recall right that is 'leash' in the old tongue.

This is all quite... a lot. I suspect there are things of importance at work, and the wheel is making it's will known. It's curious how these things manifest for Ta'veren. Anyway, is there anything else you can tell me about this? I'll need to speak with the Amyrlin when we get back from retrieving the other trainees, and I don't know I'll have time to speak with you alone again."
Magnus
player, 2340 posts
Sun 27 Nov 2016
at 02:41
  • msg #81

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

My eye's widen a bit at her mentioning Ta'veren then I school my face back to inpassive.

"What makes you think I'm Ta'veren?"

I have more to say but I need to hear how she knows.
Glantri
player, 1580 posts
Sun 27 Nov 2016
at 02:50
  • msg #82

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Without missing a beat,

"Oh, it just makes sense. You find yourself traveling with those three other ta'veren, and then Moiraine goes out of her way to avoid mentioning who you are or why you were traveling with them. Don't worry, I don't imagine many here know. It's hardly the most dangerous secret between the four of you anyway."
Magnus
player, 2341 posts
Sun 27 Nov 2016
at 03:05
  • msg #83

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I facepalm.
"Ok. How do you know the other three are Ta'veren?
There was one bit I didn't mention. I discovered that I can scry on the other Ta'veren in the Dream World by concentrating on my Ta'veren nature.

 I'm also getting a feeling that three places are at a tipping point for events of cataclysmic import. My unconscous was drawn to the port of Falme. The other three are chasing after the horn. And The White Tower draws Near an important event. The presence or absence of a Ta'veren at any of those points will change the course of history.

What can you tell me about Ta'veren? Any bit of lore can help me know what to expect."
Glantri
player, 1581 posts
Sun 27 Nov 2016
at 03:19
  • msg #84

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"The fact that the other three are Ta'veren is well know through the tower. It's the reason that everyone is being allowed to believe that the Amyrlin wished to see the three of them before leaving Fal'dara. You and I both know the real reason however, I suspect."

It's at this point you realize, the air around the two of you has that odd pressure you've experienced once or twice before. When Moiraine didn't want anyone listening in.

"The ability to see where the other three are... is both useful and dangerous. How easily can you see them? Can you do it at any time?

And three points of interest in the weaving... Hmmm.

As to Ta'veren, well little is known about them. They are exceedingly rare. The pattern warps around them however, or rather warps to guide them where it needs them. It's said the most strongly Ta'veren have an overwhelming presence when you stand in front of them. It's not so much a conscious attribute, as the world both requiring a great deal of you and in return warping itself to make what you need to do possible. I'm not sure that made sense... It's a tough subject."
Magnus
player, 2344 posts
Sun 27 Nov 2016
at 16:34
  • msg #85

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"... I don't know. I'll have to experiment with it. I just discovered that I could do that.

I see. I had a feeling that it worked something like that.

I assume we are going to Alanna Sedai?"
Glantri
player, 1583 posts
Sun 27 Nov 2016
at 22:26
  • msg #86

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"Alanna and her warders are on the short list of those I'm looking for. I mostly am interested in someone who can set out immediately with us however.

As to experimenting, can you try it now? As I said, our opportunities to speak privately may be limited and it would be useful information to have."
Magnus
player, 2347 posts
Mon 28 Nov 2016
at 02:40
  • msg #87

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"I'll Try. Give me a few minutes to get myself into the proper mindset."

I close my eyes and nod my head in concentration. I enter the Flame and the Void to clear my mind like I've done so many times before. In the dream world I scried by concentrating on my Ta'veren nature. I put my singular focus into that one aspect. How the Wheel is weaving me and the others into the events of cataclysmic importance. I'll focus on the Weaves of the others and their fates. I'll try to see what they are currently doing. My joke from when I got here was surprisingly accurate. The local equivalent of the Loom of Fate and the Patten spiders are LITERALLY looking out for me. I'll try to leverage this insight into the Wheel of Time to change my viewpoint to where it is currently weaving the Three other Ta'veren.

OOC:Welp. I'm trying something new. OOC I know enough about vanilla magic and psionics to know that I'm going to have a bad day if you count that as magic.
Glantri
player, 1586 posts
Mon 28 Nov 2016
at 11:48
  • msg #88

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

You close your eyes and begin shifting your focus to Rand, Matt and Perrin. Suddenly colors are swirling about your vision and you get a glimpse of Rand, Loial and a man you saw but did not meet in Fal'dara. They seem to be alone and traversing an oddly barren landscape. It doesn't look like where you saw Rand as recently as last night. You get an immediate feedback of great danger before your vision snaps to that of Matt and Perrin, in the searching party for the horn. Of note, Perrin looks to be out front guiding the party, golden eyes shining intently. It's then that you notice that the landscape is similar to that of where you saw Rand, but much more lively. Small trees and sparse vegetation are about, where you saw none around Rand. With that the vision snaps shut and you open your eyes, realizing yourself to be much more tired than moments ago. Not anything dangerous but as if you'd just finished two hours exercise instead of having just been healed of fatigue.

Verin is looking on intently, intellectual curiosity apparent.

Ooc) You can push it further into magic if you like, but what you described still falls within the inherent Ta'veren link.
Magnus
player, 2348 posts
Tue 29 Nov 2016
at 04:00
  • msg #89

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"... it worked...  I saw Rand in a barren land with Lorial and someone I've seen before at Fal'dara. I sensed that they are in grave danger. It the Shifted to Perrin and Mat. They where in a area with a bit more greenery but still looks similar to where Rand was.


...That was tiring. I feel like I just exercised for two hours"
Glantri
player, 1587 posts
Tue 29 Nov 2016
at 22:57
  • msg #90

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"Fascinating. One has to wonder whether all Ta'veren are instrinsically linked or whether the four of you are a special case even for Ta'veren. I really must take notes of this when we stop next, who knows how long it will be until someone can record 4 linked Ta'veren again.

I digress though, you mention danger but I assume only in a vague sense, without a face to put to it. Were you able to tell if the group has located the horn yet?"

As she's talking you feel your weariness fade. It's not abrupt, and your still tired, but the wave of weariness has passed slightly in the brief moments of conversation.
Magnus
player, 2350 posts
Wed 30 Nov 2016
at 00:25
  • msg #91

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"Yes, Danger only in the general sense. Only a feeling that he is in danger. I couldn't see the Horn. I only got to view a brief moment... How long was I concentrating?"
Glantri
player, 1589 posts
Wed 30 Nov 2016
at 01:08
  • msg #92

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"Oh, maybe 15 seconds or so? It wasn't terribly long."

Are there any questions you want to resolve before we progress with finding a green sister and setting out? Or any preparations before leaving the white tower again?
Magnus
player, 2352 posts
Wed 30 Nov 2016
at 15:46
  • msg #93

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"I see... I don't think I have any other questions for now. And All I have to do is get something to eat and talk to Susan for a bit."
Glantri
player, 1591 posts
Wed 30 Nov 2016
at 17:50
  • msg #94

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"You should run off and do that now then, as soon as I have a green sister with me I want to be on the road."

Assuming you split ways, you make your way to Susan's rooms, who answers and looks surprised to see you. She's also clearly just woken up a few minutes ago.

"Eli. I was told you would be gone for days yet. "
Magnus
player, 2354 posts
Thu 1 Dec 2016
at 15:23
  • msg #95

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"Things happened Susan. Like they always do. Can we go into your room. I have a lot I need to tell you."

I'll go into her room.

"Ok, I have a lot to go over. We where sent off to learn how to survive in the wilderness.It was going ok until about two days ago. Galad's group when out to hunt but didn't return by sundown. Gawyn and Darien along with Bogar and I went out to search for them in two groups of two. Bogar and I when in the direction that Galad when in the morning. We found a dead Whitecloak scout with this letter. There where signs of a struggle between at least four people in that area."

I'll pull out the letter and hand it to Susan

"Apparently the Whitecloaks are watching me. Anyway, There where two trails We followed one and it lead to a field that I couldn't follow it in. When we returned the Whitecloak's body was gone and the other trail had been hidden better. We managed to find it again and it lead to another field. But this one contain the bodies of a dozen Whitecloaks and their horses.

But we found Most of Galad's group. Only Dahvin was missing. We determined that Galad and the others had been hit with a sleeping drought that left them unconscious. We then worked to carry Galad and the others back to camp. Carrying three people when you only have two guys is very hard. But we found Gawyn's search party and they helped us carry them back to the camp.

We got back and discussed what was going on with the Whitecloaks and Dahvin. at this point Galad woke up and we got was happened. Dahvin prepared the water-skin that morning. As they where hunting, they got thirsty and Dahvin offered it to them. But it contained a sleeping drought. Which knocked them out.

We don't have an explanation of how those Whitecloaks died. Maybe Dahvin killed them all. Maybe he had help. Ether way something is going on and the White Tower needed to know about it.
So I decided to set off in the morning.

That night I visited Tel'aran'rhoid. I was looking down on a Port city next to the Aeryth Ocean. I found out later it was called Falme. I outfitted myself with advance armor and a magic weapon. I walked into the City. It looked like it was in the middle of an active battle with scorch marks appearing and disappearing on the walls of the building. There was an military encampment surrounding the city. There was also Black ships out in the ocean.
I wandered into the city and found the Three Plum Blossoms Inn. At this point I Sensed that someone was watching me so I called out for them to show themselves. But no one came out. I didn't find anything in the inn. So I decided to check the Ships.

So I jumped to one of them. They are covered in tar and are of a design that I haven't seen before. They had both sails and oars. They looked like they could use a crew of 30 but could get by with only ten. I found the Captain's room. There was a stack of letters but they appeard and disappeared too fast to read. There was a Map though that showed a land across the Aeryth Ocean. The land was called Seandar. Then I focused on my Ta'veren nature to try to get a sense of where I need to go next. Instead I got a vision of Rand, Mat, Perrin and Lorial searching for the horn.

Then I wandered to the back and found a secondary Barracks. There was these Silver Collars with a silver chain to a bracelet resting on wooden pegs. These things gave me the chills.
I sensed I was about to wake up, So I resolved to find out as much as I could about these strange Leashes. I performed structural grasp on then and found out this. It's a type of Ter'angreal called an A'dam. According to Verin A'dam means Leash in the Old Tongue. It is used to enslave a female channeler to another's will... At this point I woke up.

I also got an impression that there are three importan places in the weave. Where Rand and the others are; This City next to the Aeryth Ocean; And The White Tower. I feel like all of them are at tipping points of cataclysmic importance."

I'll pause there for a bit to let Susan Comment.
Glantri
player, 1593 posts
Mon 5 Dec 2016
at 01:54
  • msg #96

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

She begins nodding when you talk about being away for survival training, but her face blanches as you go on. She shivers when you mention the purpose of the A'dam but doesn't immediately comment on it.

When you break for a moment she starts talking, and then stops, several times, before getting words together.
"That's... Really a lot to have happened in less than a week. It's hard to imagine Dahvin betraying the tower, he's always seemed like able enough. But traitors can be deceptive, it's practically required for them to be. But so many whitecloaks... Not that I mourn their death, but such a skirmish doesn't happen quietly...

But more importantly, you can visit Tel'aran'riod on purpose now? And control it? How? I thought that only Aes Sedai could do that, and I'm told Egwene is the first in generations. And even Egwene has been struggling with the task without a ter'angreal."
This message was last edited by the player at 18:02, Mon 05 Dec 2016.
Magnus
player, 2358 posts
Tue 6 Dec 2016
at 03:59
  • msg #97

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"Visiting Tel'aran'riod is probably not the right word for it. I haven't learned to control whether or not I go there. Although I have figured out how to tell if I'm there. If I can take lucid control of a dream, I'll Pinch myself. If I feel pain from that, I'm in Tel'aran'riod.

Speaking of which. Something odd happened when I touched the A'dam to use Structural Grasp on it. It felt like red hot needles where pricking my brain. Which is really something now that I think about it. The brain doesn't have any nerves to feel pain within it. Is channeling painful like that?

As for controlling it. It's still a dream... A possibly lethal dream, But a dream none the less.  If one is aware that they are in a dream, You can change it at will. Limited only by your imagination and willpower. Belief also probably helps. When I transformed into Counter Guardian EMIYA, His holy shroud protected me from the explosion. My unconscious belief in it probably helped with that.

So Egwene is the dreamer... Is she having trouble directing herself into Tel'aran'riod or is she having trouble controlling the dream when she get's there?

Yeah, That many White cloaks dying wont go unnoticed. We are going back to get the other trainees...Honestly, I should have brought them with us. I can be so stupid at times..."

After we are done with that subject, i'll continue with my story.

"I woke up feeling tired. You never get proper rest when you go to Tel'aran'riod. Galad decided to accompany my back to the tower. We walked all day and came to an inn. Galad decided to use his position as prince to get us a room for the night and horses to ride. Something was off about the inn and innkeeper. The Innkeeper didn't do the proper oaths of fealty to the queen and there was no ensignia of loyalty in the inn. So we barricaded the room when we got up there. They brought us food and wine. We didn't trust it but we really needed to eat. So I embraced the Flame and the Void and tasted them. The roast hog wasn't as good as you would expect to be feed to a prince. Then I tried the wine and detected something odd about it. We waited a bit and I began to feel the effects of the poison. It made me feel sluggish. We escaped though a window and sneak over to the stables. There was a Whitecloak warhorse there. We took two ridding horses and the Whitecloak chase us All The Way to Tar Valon. And then stopped at the edge of the bridge. I should actually thank him. Because that poison would have actually killed me.

According to Shemerin Sedai, It was a type of eldroot extract. She said I'm very lucky to be alive. It's a favored poison among assassins in the south, as it's effects are delayed from initial ingestion. But once one falls asleep from it, it begins working on the bodies vital organs.

Anyway at this point the Flame and the Void I've been embracing to keep myself active collapsed and I passed out. Galad carried me to the Tower and Shemerin Sedai healed me. Verin Sedai was also there. I told her most of the story. And then told her the rest about Tel'aran'riod when we separated from the others. She also knows that I am a Ta'veren. Apparently she figured it out on her own. She also knows that Rand, Mat and Perrin are also Ta'veren."
Glantri
player, 1596 posts
Tue 6 Dec 2016
at 23:52
  • msg #98

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"Ah. That does make more sense now. Egwene is having trouble willfully utilizing the dream world. She can reach it using the Ted'angreal but so can Nyneave and Elayne. I'm supposed to be allowed to try tomorrow evening with them. Once there, leveraging anything that would be called control on the surroundings... well it's just not even what they are trying. Just being able to observe the dream world and stay there for a time is taking work. This is all second hand though, I may have more to tell you in a few days on the topic.

As to channeling, there is no pain. It's a warm, ecstasy filling experience as Saidar fills you with life and power. The embrace requires proper handling, but it's a true pleasure. Honestly learning the discipline to let go of the source has been one the hardest lessons. The sense of loss as you release the connection is palpable.

And for what it's worth, I've never thought you stupid. Brave, confidant, but not stupid."

---------

She gasps when you mention the betrayal done by the innkeeper. "That's unheard of in Andor. To be so aligned with the whitecloaks alone would be worthy of comment and close inspection. But to betray the Prince? More so, to try and murder him? Why would the whitecloaks even want such a thing? A war with Andor would be catastrophic. Garyth Brin is one of the greatest commanders this age may see, his presiding over Andors military coupled with Queen Morgaises wisdom have always guaranteed a stable realm."
(She interjected this bit before you got a chance to say the last paragraph but then let's you finish.)

------

"Eli, I am concerned over what she may know if she has deduced that much. What Moiraine knew she worked backwards from the prophecy and I suspect Ta'veren nature. Do you think Verin knows anything more?"
Magnus
player, 2361 posts
Wed 7 Dec 2016
at 03:39
  • msg #99

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"... I might know something that will help them. Learning to Lucid dream sounds like it would aid all of you a lot. Basically it's learning to recognize that you are in a dream. When you are aware you are in a dream, you can change things with your force of will. What you learn with that applies directly to the Dream world.

You did say it was taking work to stay in Tel'aran'riod...I really don't know what to tell you on that. Once I'm there I have no problem staying there until I wake up... Maybe it's because I'm not thinking about it. You can end a lucid dream early by focusing too hard on it. Just let it come and don't focus on staying there.
Anyway, So that pain was probably something else...
Thank you Susan."

--------------

I nod to Susan's interjection.

--------------

"...I guessing she knows a lot. She stated that the fact I'm a Ta'veren isn't the most dangerous secret between the four of us. I suspect that she knows Rand's secret. She says that the fact that the other three are Ta'veren is well known among the Tower because the Amyrlin wished to see them before leaving Fal'dara. She says that she figured out that I was one too because Moiraine went out of her way to not mention me.

... She also knows that I can Scry on the other Ta'veren. Even in the Waking world..."
Glantri
player, 1597 posts
Wed 7 Dec 2016
at 17:46
  • msg #100

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"That is an interesting concept Eli, and in some ways parallels the embrace of Saidar. One must surrender to it, and let it flow through you. Try to hard and it will refuse to come at all or just slip away. I will mention it to the others."

------

"It hadn't occurred to me that the Ta'veren news had spread so widely in the tower but I suppose it makes sense. I haven't talked with the issue with anyone, since I didn't know who knows what and I didn't want to draw attention.

It's... concerning, that another potentially knows. Though she doesn't seem to have taken any action. That could mean good things, but it's dangerous either way. Walk carefully there Eli. Please.

But what do you mean by scrying? Like you can voluntarily throw your vision to where they are at? I've never heard of such a thing being done."
Magnus
player, 2363 posts
Wed 7 Dec 2016
at 19:54
  • msg #101

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Now that I think about it. I want you to try something when you are in Tel'aran'riod. I want you to try to summon me to your side. Juat to see if it works.

Oh. If you find something dangerous in Tel'aran'riod one can return to the waking work just by focusing on it. I have a feeling that when people fight in Tel'aran'riod it will be Will against Will.

-------------

"I'll be careful.

Basically yes. Scrying refers to viewing things that your physical senses are not presently at."
Glantri
player, 1599 posts
Thu 8 Dec 2016
at 04:07
  • msg #102

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"I will try. Tomorrow night hopefully."

-------

"I wonder whether the others can do the same of you. You should ask them when you see them next, I'd be interested. I've been trying to read up on Ta'veren and there is so little information. There's documentation of the most Ta'veren people in history, but woefully little that I've found so far on it's appreciable affect. Egwene teases me that if I keep at the histories so much the brown ajah won't accept anything other than me joining them."
Magnus
player, 2366 posts
Thu 8 Dec 2016
at 17:08
  • msg #103

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"I Know I'll see you tonight. Because you are the Girl of my dreams."
I say the cheesy line with a straight face then crack a smile.

------------------------

"I believe that we'll have a lot to talk about when we meet up again. I'll mention this to them because It could be useful for all of us.

Verin said that there is very little that is known for sure about Ta'veren. She said that the Pattern warps around us because it expects great things from us. So it warps to allow us to pull the things that need to be done off...I see some parallels with the fiction of my homeworld... Unfortunately I'm not seeing any new insights to get from that. Well at least ones that are immediately relevant. When We have more time you should tell me about the other Ta'veren you read about.

Verin has probably found a green sister by now. I need to get something to eat and get going."
Glantri
player, 1601 posts
Thu 8 Dec 2016
at 17:54
  • msg #104

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

She smiles and kisses you after the cheesy line, before letting you continue.

----

"I will tell you as much as I know when I see you in the dream world."

After which she rustles around in a small cupboard and pulls out a wrapped loaf of bread. "I try to keep something here for mornings when I am running too late. It's not much but if you are in a rush it will save you time."

You soon find Verin and Alanna in the hall, walking towards the stairs down. Verin says, "ah, good. Are you all ready then? Our warders are preparing horses as we speak."

Alanna smiles warmly at you, "I hear you have been excelling among the young trainees. Let's go get the rest of your group before the Whitecloaks know what happened."
Magnus
player, 2368 posts
Thu 8 Dec 2016
at 19:27
  • msg #105

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"Thank you so much Susan. That helps me out a lot. See you later tonight."

I'll hug her and then get the bread from her. I'll head out while chomping on the bread.

I'll stop eating when I meet the Aes Sedai.
"Yes, I am ready. Thank you for your help Alanna Sedai."

I'll continue eating while heading towards the horses.
Glantri
player, 1604 posts
Fri 9 Dec 2016
at 02:20
  • msg #106

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

The three of you walk briskly through the mostly empty halls, most having only started their morning routines and thus not in your way.

When you get to the stables you see Orwein, Tomas, and Ihvan have prepared horses for all of you. You notice none have the flame of Tar Valon on their bridles, nor are any easily identifiable ensignia on Verin, Alanna or the warders.

On the way there Tomas says "when we get to the forest you are responsible for our path. Assuming the group of you have any woodsman skills, it'll be faster than overturning enough rocks to find the lot.  Are there any surprises we should be aware of?"
Magnus
player, 2370 posts
Fri 9 Dec 2016
at 07:54
  • msg #107

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Is Galad coming with us or is he staying at the Tower?

When Tomas talks to me I'll reply
"I'll lead us to the cave where we've been staying. There shouldn't be traps for man size targets unless Gawyn and the others have been really busy. I Assume everyone has been briefed about the current situation by Verin Sedai."

When we get to the forest, I'll lead them to the cave using the mental map of landmarks I've built up from staying there for a few days.
Glantri
player, 1606 posts
Fri 9 Dec 2016
at 18:04
  • msg #108

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Is the Galad question to me as the gm, or something you're asking out loud. You do not see him with you.

The wardens set a fast pace, not enough that it would draw immediate attention but faster than normal travel. You guess it's just shy of what would tire the horses quickly.

Soon after you arrive at the edge of the woods. Verin and Tomas mention they will stay and watch the horses, just inside the cover of the woods, while you fetch the others. On the way in you see various traps for animals set up, but none designed for human or horse.

When you eventually get to the cave Gawyn is standing sentry, and you see some shapes from deep within. Of note, the cave entrance has been covered with a thatchwork of branches and leaves. Even knowing where to look it takes you a bit.

Gawyn says "thank the light you are here. a few hours ago Lod saw a patrol of whitecloaks when he was out gathering from the traps. They look to be combing the woods."
Magnus
player, 2371 posts
Fri 9 Dec 2016
at 19:15
  • msg #109

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

OOC: I was asking the GM. Because I can see good reasons for him to go and good reasons for him to stay.

"I'm glad to see you are well Gawyn. Are all tje others within the cave or are some of them out gathering food? If we have everyone,we're going to make a tactical withdrawal from here."
Glantri
player, 1607 posts
Mon 12 Dec 2016
at 03:13
  • msg #110

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"Everyone's in the cave. The whitecloaks were too close to risk any more trips through the woods than need be.  We were just formulating an exit strategy, and packing what berries and consumables we could, let me go get them and we can be on our way."

Once everyone is out, Tomas says "we'll be splitting up while going through the forest, a group this size would be far too easy to track. Half of you will come with Verin and I, the rest will go with Alanna. Hopefully we will meet at the forest edge, if not make for the road, and don't stop until you reach tar Valon. Remember we would prefer not to draw attention if we can avoid it."

Do you have a preference on which group? And any specific goals during the retreat, or just best time while not leaving an obvious trail?
Magnus
player, 2375 posts
Mon 12 Dec 2016
at 18:06
  • msg #111

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

OOC: I thought that Verin and Tomas where going to stay at the edge of the forest and watch the horses.

I would probably head with the group that Gawyn was with.

Yes, my goal is the best time without leaving a obvious trail. I also hope that we don't encounter any Whitecloaks although it wouldn't surprise me if we did encounter them.
Glantri
player, 1610 posts
Tue 13 Dec 2016
at 03:18
  • msg #112

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

OOC) my apologies. You're right. I've been a little scattered, life has been abnormally busy. I'll do my best to not keeping making mistakes like that.

The two groups end up being Alanna and Ihvan leading half the trainees, and Orwein leading the other half. You and Gawyn are in Orwein's group.

You make decent time, and it's a tense atmosphere as every branch snap makes you think the whitecloaks are upon you. But you make it through and rendezvous with Verin and Tomas without drawing whitecloak attention. The other group shows up less than five minutes afterwards. Silently, everyone mounts up, doubling up on horses. The first hour is a hard ride, before Verin brings the pace down to a trot and instructs everyone to dismount and walk, leading the horses.
Magnus
player, 2377 posts
Tue 13 Dec 2016
at 07:40
  • msg #113

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I'm glade to be out of the forest with out incident.

I'll continue walking for the rest of the day. I'm Embracing the flame and the Void and keeping an eye out for Whitecloaks.

When we stop and rest for the night. I'll request 1st watch

OOC: Don't worry about it. Every GM makes mistakes like that. If the Player doesn't notice it, Let it slide and just update your notes. If they do notice, just say opps and revise what you said to the correct thing. Recon things as appropriate. as long as both you and the player are cool with it, There is no harm with it.
Glantri
player, 1612 posts
Wed 14 Dec 2016
at 03:50
  • msg #114

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Everyone is instructed to mount up after an hours walking, with the horses having gotten some rest. I assume you don't object to that.

Alternating one hour walking one hour riding, you end up at the bridge into Tar Valon in the late afternoon. You almost feel the atmosphere ease as you cross into the sanctuary the white tower holds.

You have several hours before night fall, and you're free for the time being as Verin asks to speak with the other trainees.
Magnus
player, 2381 posts
Wed 14 Dec 2016
at 04:14
  • msg #115

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I guess I'll get something to eat. Then I'll see what Susan is doing.
Glantri
player, 1614 posts
Thu 15 Dec 2016
at 01:08
  • msg #116

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

You stop in the kitchen and are able to pick out a meal to your tastes and then head on to look for Susan.

When you get to her room and knock there is no answer however. After a few moments though you hear a burst of laughter a few doors down in Egwene's room. It's hard to tell but you think Susan's is intermixed with the laughter.
Magnus
player, 2383 posts
Thu 15 Dec 2016
at 04:40
  • msg #117

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

My eyebrows arc a bit and I decide to go ahead and talk to them.
I go over to Egwene's room and knock on the door.

Who else is in her room?
Glantri
player, 1616 posts
Thu 15 Dec 2016
at 17:53
  • msg #118

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

You knock and the room goes quiet, a moment after which the door opens with Egwene standing there. She has a slight flush to her face, as if she was just embarrassed and it's just fading now.

"Oh, it's you Eli. How have you been?"

You see Nynaeve, Egwene, Susan, a woman Egwenes age with blue eyes and blonde hair with a hint of red in it, and a woman you recognize from where you and Susan used to go dancing before setting off on this adventure, but unlike the others in the room she is wearing a mans shirt and trousers. It doesn't hide the fact that she's a woman, but it's very uncommon from what you've seen in this world.

This last woman speaks up in a teasing tone, "Ah, the proof that Egwene here is not alone in being moon eyed. I've heard much about you Eli, and I see there is much yet to pass. Has Rand plucked you from your home as well and swept you into this vortex?"

Susan's face now resembles what Egwenes was when she opened the door.
Magnus
player, 2386 posts
Thu 15 Dec 2016
at 23:12
  • msg #119

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

My eyebrow raises when this woman talks and Susan's reaction to her words.
"You see there is much yet to pass? Are you some sort of Prophetess?
...At the moment I can't answer your question. What do you mean by Vortex and Moon eyed?"
Glantri
player, 1618 posts
Fri 16 Dec 2016
at 02:36
  • msg #120

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

She laughs, "Prophetess. Ha. Nothing so noble sounding. I just see some things, it's why I'm being kept here. They don't understand how it happens. I can tell your Ta'veren though, nobody that's not has that many images dancing around their head.

As to moon eyed..." she chuckles and smirks at Susan "... I think I'll let Susan explain that one to you. As to the vortex, I just meant the effect Rand Al'Thor has had on all our lives. He sweeps in and the whole world falls out from under you, and you follow the fool shepherd regardless of what logic tells you. I can tell your fate and his are only growing closer tied"
Magnus
player, 2388 posts
Fri 16 Dec 2016
at 06:52
  • msg #121

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"...Images? What do you see around my head?"

I'll Let her answer. Then turn to Susan.
"ummm... I haven't heard the term Moon Eyed before... What Does it mean? Something to do with Dreaming?

As to the vortex... I'm not so sure that that's quite accurate. The appearance of Moiraine Sedai, Rand and the others certainly sent us on our way. But I suspect that the Wheel would have weaved me into events regardless of what I will.  Oh well. The Wheel apparently needs me. So I'll follow this path."
Glantri
player, 1620 posts
Fri 16 Dec 2016
at 12:33
  • msg #122

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"There are really too many to name, and I don't know the meaning of any but one. I do know they are soft images, possibilities but not certainties. The most dominant of which is an image of a man guarding against darkness with his blade. Even that one isn't firm however, just a strong possibility. but I can tell Rand has left his mark on you, you feel the pull as strongly as I do you not?"

Susan blushes deeply when you ask about moon eyed and says "I'll tell you later Eli. They are really just teasing. "

Min continues then,
"Ah, but does the wheel whisk you on your way because of its own motives or because of how strongly Ta'veren Rand is? We have all been displaced by natural events, which could be attributed to the wheel, but is it not odd that so many of us are displaced with Rands passing? Everyone in this room could say as such."
Magnus
player, 2390 posts
Fri 16 Dec 2016
at 16:50
  • msg #123

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"Well, That image is fairly obvious considering where I've been training. When you get the time, I'd like you to tell me what else you see."

--------------

I continue to look at Susan after she responds. I tip my head to the side in confusion as to why she is blushing so deeply.
"Ok, Susan. I'll ask you later."

-------------

"Hmmm... That is possible. But I don't think we'll know for certain. In either case. I believe that we are going to have an interesting destiny. "
Glantri
player, 1622 posts
Fri 16 Dec 2016
at 17:25
  • msg #124

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

She coughs slightly and says "Eli, I do not see images dance above the head of every warder. But it makes sense it is the most certain, based on where you are."

--------

"Interesting is guareenteed, though I would wish for more boring days."
Magnus
player, 2391 posts
Fri 16 Dec 2016
at 19:16
  • msg #125

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"I'm sure I'll learn to enjoy both...Anyway. Susan, did you talk to the others about what to do differently in the dream world?"
Glantri
player, 1623 posts
Fri 16 Dec 2016
at 22:51
  • msg #126

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Susan replies quickly, "I hadn't gotten a chance to tell them yet actually. We were just recounting our day before you came in."

At the mention of the dreamworld though, you have every woman's attention in the room. Nynaeve asks, quite intently, "what could you tell us of the dreamworld? And how?"
Magnus
player, 2394 posts
Sat 17 Dec 2016
at 00:02
  • msg #127

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Due to my nature as a Ta'veren I sometimes end up in Tel'aran'rhiod when I sleep. Drawn to where the Wheel is weaving important things... I don't know what triggers it. But I can stay there until I wake up and manipulate Tel'aran'rhiod like a Lucid Dream. I might also have some other insights into Tel'aran'rhiod due to coming from it at a odd angle.

From what I heard from Susan. You, Egwene and the Princess Elayne Trakand are having troble staying in Tel'aran'rhiod. I believe that your problem is that you are focusing on staying there. Just like a Lucid Dream, if you focus on staying there you just end up forcing yourself. out."
Glantri
player, 1626 posts
Sat 17 Dec 2016
at 00:10
  • msg #128

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Egwene's face scrunches in thought. "Some of what I overheard the Aes Sedai saying makes more sense now. They spoke of things that I hadn't experienced. It never would have occurred to me it was a man, I thought they were simply talking about readings from the ancient histories or hypothesis. How does one move without focusing however? It does me no good to just exist in the dream world. I just know Rand is in terrible danger, and it's the only way I have of checking to make sure he's ok. Or to figure out what the wool head has gotten himself into now."
Magnus
player, 2397 posts
Sat 17 Dec 2016
at 00:40
  • msg #129

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"I can tell you that Rand is with Lorial and someone else from Fal'dara. I felt the terrible danger too.

As for your other question. How do you move in the real world? I doubt that you focus on every movement that you preform. Things like Walking,Running, Jumping or striking with a sword... Any moment can be performed without a thought if repeated enough. In the dream it is similar. If you want to walk, you will walk. But if you focus on walking,...eh. There are thing that would be better to focus on."

I Rub my chin in thought.

"... I suppose that the Aes Sedai have already imparted the shear danger of Tel'aran'rhiod. So I had a though about what would happen if you came across someone hostile in Tel'aran'rhiod.
Anyone that understood how Tel'aran'rhiod works can do terrible terrible things to you that will make you wish you where dead.
Do any of you know what a Lucid Dream is?"
Glantri
player, 1628 posts
Sat 17 Dec 2016
at 01:08
  • msg #130

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Worry paints Egwene's face when you mention terrible danger, despite her having just mentioned the same. Nynaeve also looks attentive and almost protective while Elayne and Min both look like they are pained not to be moving. No one presses the topic though.

When you are done and ask about lucid dreaming everyone shakes their heads.
Egwene says "I've not even heard of lucid dreaming. What is it? And as to walking, i keep remembering that I am sleeping whenever I try that and then need to focus to keep everything sharp. Not that I've been able to enter the dream world without help, and with help it's a pale imitation."

She looks very frustrated while talking about the subject.
Magnus
player, 2399 posts
Sat 17 Dec 2016
at 01:55
  • msg #131

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"... You Worry about him a lot. You must care about him deeply. It was explained to me that the Wheel expects great things from Ta'veren. Things that most would consider impossible to pull off. But The Wheel warps the threads the treads around the Ta'veren allowing those impossible things to be possible. I think that Includes Ta'veren having more luck than any man has a right to. Rand and the others will get though this. The Wheel is doing it's best to make that the only possibility. They might only make it by the Skin of their teeth. But I believe they will make it. Just have Faith."

-----------

"... A lucid dream is basically a dream where you are aware that you are in a dream. It is distinct from going to Tel'aran'rhiod in that you are still in a normal dream so there is no danger. Although I would suspect that if you push it hard enough you can enter Tel'aran'rhiod.

Anyway the knowledge that you are in a dream allows you to have control over it. Anything you can imagine clearly and believe that you can do is possible for you in a Lucid dream. Flying, Creating things out of thin air, Teleporting. You are only limited by your imagination and willpower.

Tel'aran'rhiod Allows for the same warping of reality there. With the exception that anything that happens to your body there is reflected on your physical body.
I nearly killed myself when a explosion that I produced when out of control. Inflicting third degree burns to my expose flesh.
If you figure out how to Lucid Dream, You can train in a setting that won't kill you if you mess up."
Glantri
player, 1630 posts
Sat 17 Dec 2016
at 02:04
  • msg #132

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

They all nod slightly, although Nynaeve seems stubborn about it. She comments, "you sound more an Aes Sedai than some in training Eli. You show wisdom rare for a man, but I thank you for speaking sense into this lot." She clearly is purposefully glossing over her own worry in such.

---------

Egwene says, "that is an interesting idea Eli. I will have to try it next time I am aware of myself in a dream."

Anything else you were hoping to achieve? Not rushing you, just want to make sure I'm not dragging the conversation out past what you want, but also don't want to cut you off from one of your main sources of information early.
Magnus
player, 2401 posts
Sat 17 Dec 2016
at 02:35
  • msg #133

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I nod solemnly.
"There is no point in worrying about things you can't change. Focus on the things you can change."

------------------------

"That is the trick. Realizing that you are in a dream. Most don't focus on it and let the dreams play out as they will. Learning the signs that you are in a dream is difficult because most forget about the dream after they wake up for a bit. Here is what I want you to do.

First each one of you needs to get a blank book to serve as your Dream Journal. Every time you sleep and dream without using that Ter'angreal to enter Tel'aran'rhiod. When you wake up, I want you to write down what you remember from your dream last night. Do this for a while. Read though your Journal on occasion. This will solidify the signs you are dreaming in your mind. Allowing you to recognize you are in a dream.
When you do recognize you are a dream. Pinch yourself. If you feel pain, you are in Tel'aran'rhiod. Tread accordingly. If you don't feel pain, Congratulations you are now Lucid Dreaming. Have fun. And play around with what you can do.

Any questions?"
Glantri
player, 1632 posts
Sat 17 Dec 2016
at 12:03
  • msg #134

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

They all nod, with the exception of Min, and Egwene comments, "that first part will be easy. They have me recording any dreams I can remember already, so they can analyze whether they are portents or simply normal dreams over missing Rand. Most nights by far I don't remember dreams... and those that I do remember anymore shouldn't be written down. I've been skipping them in my journal, but I've had several involving a man with burning fire for eyes."

She looks almost startled that she mentioned the last bit.
Magnus
player, 2403 posts
Sat 17 Dec 2016
at 16:34
  • msg #135

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"... I can see why you didn't mention that. The Aes Sedai wouldn't like to hear that.

Still your normal dreams are actually important for learning how to do this. When you wake up, write down anything you remember. Even if it is only bits and pieces of the previous night's dream.

If the rest of you plan on going to Tel'aran'rhiod. It would be wise to learn to Lucid Dream. Simply to protect yourselves and manipulate the Dream World better.

I hear that you four are going to Tel'aran'rhiod tonight. When you go, don't focus on staying there. Don't focus on walking. Your focusing on those things is forcing you out of Tel'aran'rhiod... You just need to accept you are dreaming in Tel'aran'rhiod. Your body's actions will flow naturally from your will. In a normal dream you move without even thinking of it. It needs to be the same way in Tel'aran'rhiod.

Susan noticed some parallels with this and how women channel the One Power. Embracing and accepting it. And how it simply doesn't work if you force it.

Anyway my point is that You just need to let the Dream in Tel'aran'rhiod come. Trying to force it will wake you up.

Oh. If you find danger there you can't handle, you can generally force yourself awake. This is one thing you do want to force. The more will you bring to bare, the faster you will wake up."
Glantri
player, 1634 posts
Sat 17 Dec 2016
at 17:12
  • msg #136

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Egwene says "Only one of us enters in a night, sometimes. There is only one ter'angreal for it, and the person who's turn it is doesn't always manage. But I will try as you say, within reason."
Magnus
player, 2405 posts
Sat 17 Dec 2016
at 18:12
  • msg #137

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"All I can ask is that you listen to my advice.

...There would be a lot more I could show in person in Tel'aran'rhiod. If you feel up to it, try summoning me."

I think for a bit.

"Susan, was there anything else I needed to tell them?"
Glantri
player, 1636 posts
Sat 17 Dec 2016
at 18:30
  • msg #138

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Susan reponds, "Not that you mentioned before, It'll give everyone a starting point, and as with all things only so much instruction is valuable until a certain level of experience is reached. I think we'll need to see the results ourselves before we know what questions to ask.

I am concerned about jumping to trying to summon another in the dreamworld, when we're just learning to walk and observe. But if I feel comfortable enough I will try."
Magnus
player, 2407 posts
Sat 17 Dec 2016
at 19:14
  • msg #139

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"That is all I can ask...

I don't believe that I caught the name of these two."
I gesture to the two I don't know.
Glantri
player, 1638 posts
Sat 17 Dec 2016
at 19:33
  • msg #140

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Susan says "Oh, I apologize Eli, I spend so much time with this group that I forgot my manners."

She gestures to the woman in shirt and trousers, "This is Min Farshaw, she's from Baerlon as well."
Min gives a small smirk, or maybe it's a smile.

Then she gestures to the other woman, "and this is Elayne Trakand."

Elayne does a beautiful curtsy, and says "It's nice to have met you Eli. My brother speaks highly of you, both your honor and prowess with the blade."
Magnus
player, 2409 posts
Sun 18 Dec 2016
at 01:12
  • msg #141

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

My eyebrow raises when I am introduced to the Princess of Andor the next in line to the throne

I smirk to Susan as I flourish my own bow
"It is a pleasure to meet you Mistress Min Farshaw And Princess Elayne Trakand.
I am Eli Ray Bumbalough, Future Warder of Susan Eila"
I say the last bit with absolute conviction in my voice, I am set in my course.
I also get to watch the fireworks from that bombshell I dropped.

I'll let that settle down before I continue.
I Smile to Elayne Trakand
"Your brother is a good man, Elayne. He will be a great and wise advisor to you when you Asend to the Throne. He will be a fierce protector. Like all Brothers should be to their Sisters..."

a melancholy look comes over my face as I inadvertently think of my sister and family
I can no longer do that. I am literally universes away. I know my Sister will be fine intellectually. She found a good and loving Man. My Mother would take it harder... My Father would be sad but he would endure it. I can't change it. I am needed here...

I Return to a sad smile.
"I'm glad Gawyn thinks so highly of me. It has finally struck me how unusual my life is as a Ta'veren."
Glantri
player, 1640 posts
Sun 18 Dec 2016
at 02:37
  • msg #142

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Susan turns bright red again, although she doesn't object to your title. Min giggles slightly and Elayne smiles.

Nynaeve however interjects, "you be careful that you don't let a sister overhear you giving yourself that title. It could get both you and Susan in trouble, you for suggesting the warder chooses his Aes Sedai as opposed to the other way around, and Susan for courting a warder before sisterhood."

She looks stern when saying this, but in a motherly way.

------

Elayne says, "Thank you Eli, it is well to hear another who trains with him have such a high opinion. When the time comes, light let it be far in the future, I know I will have a wise voice, and strong arm to protect my interests."

After which Min laughs saying, "You ta'veren make all of our lives more interesting. Unusual indeed. Although I wouldn't mind a nice calm day with a book by a river once and a while, instead of all this ta'veren interesting you four bring about."

Something I'm not sure I made clear, when I was stating Min's wardrobe, it's significant not just for being different than the worldly norm, but in that all novices wear the same novice white dresses, and all accepted have a similar dress with colored trim. Min is either not a novice or accepted, or she is ignoring the rules of the tower.

Egwene, Susan, and Elayne are all in novice white dresses, while Nynaeve is in an accepteds dress.
Magnus
player, 2411 posts
Sun 18 Dec 2016
at 08:04
  • msg #143

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

OOC:You said that Nynaeve looked about 25, Correct?

I reply dryly. Internally amused that someone that looks a bit younger than me is scolding me in a motherly fashion.

"I must really look the fool if Nynaeve is lecturing me. She only does that to those Fool Boys as she puts it.
But your point is noted. That is the reason That I did it in this private room... That And Watching Susan blush so Cutely."

I comment playfully. Digging my own grave.

-------------

I'm aware of the differences. Min Already stated the Aes Sedai don't understand how her ability works. If it was based on using the One Power, The Aes Sedai would have already unraveled it. Therefore, Min probably didn't use the One Power and didn't need to wear that white dress.

---------------------

I nod to Elayne
"Your Welcome. I'm sure you will be a wise Queen when the time comes.

Yes, Interesting times. Who would have thought that we would become friends with the Royal family of Andor when we set out a few months before..."

My mood turns pensive as I consider how things like this goes in stories. Luck Like the Protagonists in stories... It's weird thinking like that. Seeing the hand of Fate.

"I have a Feeling that That will become important later. For now it is sort of quiet. But things are still in motion. We are being given an opportunity to Train and prepare ourselves for even greater things to come...

Susan, Do you think I should tell them about the Last time I was in Tel'aran'rhiod?"
Glantri
player, 1642 posts
Sun 18 Dec 2016
at 14:19
  • msg #144

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

OOC) That is correct.

Elayne laughs, "Nynaeve is more than happy to lecture people outside those three. I can't count the number of times she's lectured me to be more careful."

Nynaeve replies "I only lecture those who need it, if one does not play the fool they don't require such lessons." The last bit is obviously pointedly towards Elayne. "Eli here, has by and large, shown more wisdom than most men on the council of elders in Edmunds Field do, not that that bar is high mind you."

Meanwhile, Susan covers her face with one hand and jabs you in the ribs with the other.

---------

Awesome, I just like to make sure sometimes that what I'm meaning to come across as obvious is.

---------

Susan half jokingly says, "I would if I were you. I'm not sure how you would get out of the room without telling them, after mentioning that much."

She laughs, but the others are intently listening to you now.
Magnus
player, 2413 posts
Sun 18 Dec 2016
at 22:10
  • msg #145

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I do an exaggerated grimace is response to her hitting my ribs. I comment
"Worth it."
Making it clear I'm still just playing around.

--------------

I joke back
"That's true. I need to work on this whole subtle thing.

Anyway, When I went to sleep about two days ago, I was drawn into Tel'aran'rhiod again.

I was on the hills overlooking a port city and the ocean.

I later found out that this was the port of Falme next to the Aeryth Ocean on the Almoth Plains

There was a military camp outside the city and a fleet of sleek black ships on the Ocean.

I decided to explore the city and see what I can find out.

To protect myself, I formed a weapon and armor. Some of the best I can imagine. An indestructible Daiklave and Power Armor. That requires concentration to maintain them. If you let your concentration slip they chance into something else similar or turn into something mundane.

I walked into the city. The buildings where made from stonework. Blast marks appeared and disappeared on the buildings. Giving me the impression of an active battle.

I explored and found The Three Plum Blossoms Inn. I sensed that Someone is watching me. So I called out to them to show themselves. And when they didn't I threatened to blow up the entire area.

They didn't show but I felt there was no point in following though with my threat.
I explored the inn and didn't find anything.

So I walked to thr dock and jumped to one of the ships. I havent seen a design like this before. They are ships build for speed with rows of oars and sails. They look like they are crewed 30 but could work with only 10.

I wandered to the Captain's room. There where letters there but they appeared and disappeared too fast to read. There was a map that I got to study. It showed a land across the Aryth Ocean called Seandar.

Then I focused on my Ta'veren nature to point me in the right direction. I got a vision of Rand and the others searching for the Horn. I also got the impression that there are three points of interest currently in the Weaving of the Wheel.
Whete Rand and the others are currently; The Port of Falme and finally right here at the White Tower.

Then I found an odd set of barracks behind another barracks...

There where these Silver Collars with a siver chain and silver bracelet. I had a bad feeling about them. I also sensed that I was about to wake up.

So I decided to find out as much as I can about the Collars. So I touched the collar and tried to read it's history.
It felt like my brain was being stabbed by red hot needles. But I read it's history anyway.  I found out that it is called an A'dam, meaning Leash in the Old Tongue. It is a Ter'angreal used to enslave a female channeler to another's will.

At this point I woke up."
Glantri
player, 1644 posts
Sun 18 Dec 2016
at 22:20
  • msg #146

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Egwene, Elayne and Nynaeve all pale at hearing about the A'dam, as does Min and Susan, though to a lesser extent. You surmise Susan was bracing herself for that part of the story, and Min is removed somewhat from the purpose of them.

After a moments stunned silence Nynaeve asks, "I trust you have told the right people in the tower, though how to tell them without raising questions on how you can do this, I don't envy you the position.

As to the locations of importance, the search for the horn both makes sense from prophecy standpoint as well as the presence of three ta'veren. But you say the white tower and Falme are also crux's? I admit that these invaders are unheard of, but what would set them off as of particular significance, to the wheel that is. And what machinations have we gotten into in the tower, such that it's a focal point. Sometimes I wish Aes Sedai were more plain with their words, and less shrouded in mystery. I have no doubt that's what's causing this mess."
Magnus
player, 2415 posts
Mon 19 Dec 2016
at 01:03
  • msg #147

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"I've told Verin Sedai and Alanna Sedai about my ability to go into Tel'aran'rhiod. They are researching how I am doing that. Verin know about the A'dam and the rest of that dream... oh. I need to tell Alanna. Who else could I tell..."

I shrug

"I have no clue. Maybe these invaders are needed by the Wheel. they crossed an Ocean to get here. That requires some technology and knowledge.  We'll find out when we need to. As for the Aes Sedai tendency to veil their meaning... I can see the reason for it. Hard to manipulate the world into the proper direction if you are as upfront with your thoughts as I am. Even though it causes Aes Sedai to be mistrusted by most the people of the world...

You mentioned prophecy. I'm sure that you've been researching it as quietly as you can...It not something I would be able to research without drawing the Aes Sedai down on my head. Could you tell me what you know about these Prophecies? "
Glantri
player, 1646 posts
Mon 19 Dec 2016
at 01:41
  • msg #148

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Nynaeve says "As to crossing the ocean, that isn't something unique to these invaders. The Atha'an Miere are said to cross the Aeryth Ocean during trade, but they are close-mouthed as a general practice.

As to prophecy, I was referencing the Karaethon Cycle. It's known well enough to most council elders and Wisdoms, enough so that we know to stop the tales from being spread. I... I don't know my opinion on it fully, but I do know enough of it to identify when it is being told by a passing gleeman. Let's see... The part I was referencing about the hunt for the horn relating to prophecies is with regards to Tarmon Gai'Don, the last battle.

There is a verse that reads something like,
'When the Wolf King carries the hammer, thus are the final days known.
When the Fox marries the raven, and the trumpets of battle are blown.'

That last part is widely known and presumed to mean the horn of valere. It's why everyone believes it being found signals the last battle is nigh.

Let's see, what other parts of the Karaethon Cycle do I remember..."

Elayne interjects here,
"I've read some of it, there's a copy in the royal archives. I had to recite it to a royal tutor at one point, I should still know some.

It starts...
'And it shall come to pass that what men made shall be shattered,
and the Shadow shall lie across the Pattern of the Age,
and the Dark One shall once more lay his hand upon the world of man.'
... I forget a few lines here I think, but it continues...
'The Shadow shall rise across the world, and darken every land, even to the smallest corner, and there shall be neither Light nor safety.
And he who shall be born of the Dawn, born of Maiden, according to Prophecy.
he shall stretch forth his hands to catch the Shadow,
and the world shall scream in the pain of salvation.
All glory be to the Creator, and to the Light, and to he who shall be born again. May the Light save us from him.

Yet one shall be born to face the Shadow,
born once more as he was born before,
and shall be born again, time without end.
The Dragon shall be Reborn,
and there will be wailing and gnashing of teeth at his rebirth.
In sackcloth and ashes shall he clothe the people,
and he shall break the world again by his coming,
tearing apart all ties that bind.
Like the unfettered dawn shall he blind us, and burn us,
yet shall the Dragon Reborn confront the Shadow at the Last Battle,
and his blood shall give us the Light.
Let tears flow, O ye people of the world.
Weep for your salvation.

On the slopes of Dragonmount shall he be born,
born of a maiden wedded to no man.
He will be of the ancient blood, and raised by the old blood.
When the winds fo Tarmon Gai'don scour the earth,
he will face the Shadow and bring forth Light again in the world.
For he shall come like the breaking dawn,
and shatter the world again with his coming, and make it anew.

Twice and twice shall he be marked,
twice to live, and twice to die.
Once the heron to set his path.
Twice the heron, to name him true.
Once the Dragon, for remembrance lost.
Twice the Dragon, for the price he must pay.

... and I don't remember the rest. It's been years since I was last made recite it. Borderlanders know sections of it by heart, which is why it is so important for royalty to know. It's sacred tpo them, and as such must be respected."

Nynaeve nods, "I had never realized Andoran royalty had an official teaching of the Prophecies of the Dragon. In western Andor most gleeman would be driven out for telling half of what you just did."
Magnus
player, 2417 posts
Mon 19 Dec 2016
at 03:10
  • msg #149

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"...I see. Good old prophecy. Vague enough that you can't tell what is going to happen until after it happens. Still if one studies it enough one might be able to make some guesses.

Still It seems like the major thing of the first part is the Dragon Reborn. That line about the Wolf King..."

Well, Perrin is a Wolfbrother and a Ta'veren, It wouldn't surprise me is he was the one being refereed to there. I have no clue about the Fox marries the Raven though.

"Never mind That is a ways off...Probably. There appears that there is no references to me. That can be a good thing or a bad thing... It could mean that I'm a wild card that causes it to turn out better than Prophesied... Or I could me that I can mess up and make things much much worse. Unfortanatly We won't know until it's all over and done with."
Glantri
player, 1648 posts
Mon 19 Dec 2016
at 11:48
  • msg #150

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Elayne says "the majority of the whole thing is about the dragon reborn. That or the efforts of the shadow. The last line, the ones that Nynaeve remembered are the only that are thought to reference anyone other than the shadow and the dragon reborn.

As to those of us not mentioned in prophecy, Ta'veren or otherwise, it is said by some that it is our responsibility to the Light to do what we can to ensure the right outcomes happen. Just because it is prophecy doesn't mean it will happen. I never understood that part, a full sister, especially a brown would be better at explaining the subtleties of prophecy. Because on one hand, what is said will pass will pass, but then we're encouraged to make sure it does. Anyway... I'm sure the wheel has a role for you, even if there are no prophecies known that reference you. Artur Pendraeg conquered half the world, and as far as we know had no prophecies to announce his coming.

The coming of the dragon reborn is simply of severe significance to the world, it heralds dark days and only one salvation."
Magnus
player, 2419 posts
Mon 19 Dec 2016
at 23:25
  • msg #151

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"Probably something to do with free will. I'd imagine that the Light wants us all to have free will. But this is the only way we will not die."

I present a rather cynical possibility before continuing.

"Oh well. All I can do is continue on. With only my gut feeling from the wheel to guide me.
Susan. You told me before you where researching other Ta'veren in History. What can you tell me about them?"
Glantri
player, 1650 posts
Mon 19 Dec 2016
at 23:44
  • msg #152

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Susan says, "Ah, well I did find out a little more. For one, I found it said that part of the reason why ta'veren aren't documented is that they don't always stay ta'veren. Once the wheel has used them to it's purpose, they are released to live out their lives as normal. Those ta'veren are rare enough, and not really recorded in the histories. I suspect because by the time people think to confirm they are ta'veren, they no longer are.

I haven't managed to find any examples of Ta'veren who stay as such past what I mentioned before. There is Artur Hawkwing, perhaps the most well known to be ta'veren. Actually not that's just entirely false. I only found two to be noted in the histories as Ta'veren, and the other I imagine was more so than Hawkwing. Although from long enough ago that record it difficult. The other noted ta'veren is Lews Therin Telamon, Kinslayer, or as you may have heard of him, The Dragon. I haven't found anything of his ta'veren nature other than statement that he was. But I do suspect it was even more than Hawkwing.

As to Hawkwing, I found some references that said that people in a room with hawkwing could feel the pattern rearranging itself to fit his desire. Or found themselves talking about things they would otherwise kept secret. I know it's not much, especially considering the amount of work I put in to find that much out, but I don't think there is enough known about Ta'veren. Every time I cautiously talk about it with a brown sister they lament how much information was lost in the Breaking, and how much more they knew in the Age of Legends."
Magnus
player, 2421 posts
Tue 20 Dec 2016
at 00:29
  • msg #153

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"I see. That is why People help me... I'm glad I always find a way to repay them, Since they really didn't have a choice in the matter..."

I realize that I might need to elaborate for their benefit.

"Sometime when I really need something I found someone willing to help me. Often they don't think to ask much of anything from me. I needed to get to a city and I found two fishermen willing to carry me on their boat. And let me stay in their house for the night. And directed me to Master Rogosh Al'Ron the Blacksmith. Who needed an apprentice. Later to pay him back I gave him a silver mark for fishing lessons and let him keep most of what I caught. I also gave him a gift of some good fishing hooks I made. There was also that Time we where lost and I asked directions from a farmer. Despite it being late and I was interrupting his dinner, He told me exactly what I needed to know. I offered to help him with something but he declined. So I gave him a Silver Mark and told him to get something nice with it for his family..."

I finish my explanation and then Note that Elayne and Min are there...
"Opps... I'm really not good at this Subtle thing. I guess you already gathered that I'm not a Noble..."

I shrug.

"Oh. There is no weave that would allow you to view the past, Correct? Otherwise the Brown sisters would know everything there is to know about it... You all might be the key to find out all sorts of things. And making them known to the Brown Sisters. Once you get comfortable in the Dream World. You can read the history of an Item."
Glantri
player, 1652 posts
Tue 20 Dec 2016
at 00:36
  • msg #154

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

They all smile as you tell them the story of you repaying the favors. They all obviously approve.

Elayne and Min both chuckle, but Min is the one to say, "and Rand Al'Thor is but a simple shepherd. Ta'veren and their wild claims. You may be able to convince people of more than normal because you are ta'veren, but some things are too ridiculous even for that to cover it."

They both share a smile, as if exchanging a private joke.

Susan says "You may be right Eli, regardless learning this is important, whether it be for knowledge or to prevent one from harming themselves."
Magnus
player, 2423 posts
Tue 20 Dec 2016
at 01:02
  • msg #155

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I look at both Elayne and Min.
"...ok. We can go with that."

"I'm actually a bit surprised that there isn't a weave to view the past. I would figure that the Brown Sisters would be stumbling over themselves to develop it. Or some other type of divination...Eh, oh well. what do I know of the limits of the One Power."
Glantri
player, 1654 posts
Tue 20 Dec 2016
at 01:06
  • msg #156

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Egwene replies,
"It would be profoundly dangerous to know some of the things from the age of legends. There are many things from that time that could be done safely that could not be done today, or so we are told.

It is perhaps for the best that some practices lay lost to the passing of the wheel."
Magnus
player, 2425 posts
Tue 20 Dec 2016
at 01:47
  • msg #157

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"Sorry the lost of any knowledge is sad in my opinion. The thing that makes Humanity great is Knowledge and the means to apply it to shaping the world around us. Losing any knowledge weakens us overall. although... I suppose that One Power could make some dangerous things. I wounder what ter'angreal can be made?"
Glantri
player, 1656 posts
Tue 20 Dec 2016
at 01:51
  • msg #158

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Egwene shrugs, she seems vaguely uncomfortable with the direction the conversation is taking but isn't quite stonewalling the topic.

"Now? None so far as I've been told. It's one of the techniques that was lost in the Breaking."
Magnus
player, 2427 posts
Tue 20 Dec 2016
at 02:12
  • msg #159

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"Well. Once you master Tel'aran'riod. Read the history of the ter'angreal here to relearn how to make them. It might be one of the things we'll need in the days to come."
Glantri
player, 1658 posts
Tue 20 Dec 2016
at 02:17
  • msg #160

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

She nods, though you can tell she is reluctant, but you think she intends to try, if not with all her effort.

Anything else you were planning here? You had mentioned wanting to talk with Min alone at some point, I wasn't sure if you wanted to handle that now or at some other time.
Magnus
player, 2429 posts
Tue 20 Dec 2016
at 02:38
  • msg #161

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I let the conversation die in silence for a bit.
But I think of another thing I wanted to ask.
"Min, You mention seeing other fainter things around me in addition to the Man fighting the Darkness with his sword. What where some of the other things?"
Glantri
player, 1660 posts
Tue 20 Dec 2016
at 02:41
  • msg #162

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Min seemed to have wandering thoughts and your question snaps her out of it,
"What, oh yes. There are more but as I said they aren't definitive. Are... are you sure you want me reading your auras with everyone here?"

She looks very nervous for some reason.
Magnus
player, 2431 posts
Tue 20 Dec 2016
at 02:59
  • msg #163

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"...? Why are you nervous? Should I wait for later? I don't really mind, Unless there is something embarrassing for someone else."
Glantri
player, 1662 posts
Tue 20 Dec 2016
at 03:03
  • msg #164

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"It's not embarrassing, or well... maybe. I just don't want to get anyone hurt. Would you trust every single one of us with your life?"
Magnus
player, 2433 posts
Tue 20 Dec 2016
at 03:38
  • msg #165

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I look around the room. Admittedly Loosing my life isn't as big a deal to me as it was before. But if I die, I lose Susan...sill these are important to the wheel. And firmly on the Light


I nod.
"I believe I would. What do you see?"
Glantri
player, 1664 posts
Tue 20 Dec 2016
at 03:49
  • msg #166

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Min takes a deep breath before continuing,
"I lied earlier when I said I only knew one of the visions. Well I lied about a couple of things, warders do all tend to have visions but nothing like this.

Let me start with one thing, which I thing may persuade the others of the importance that this never leave the room. Also, Nynaeve, would you mind if Elayne or Egwene warded the room from eavesdropping? They are allowed to under your tutelage."

Nynaeve nods, and after a minute or so Egwene nods for Min to continue.

"First, one thing I know is that Rand's life will rely on an action you take. I don't know how, and I don't know why, but you will be in a position at some point to either save Rand, and thus us all, or to let him fall.

That was the second meaning to the initial vision I mentioned."

She takes another deep breathe,

"The other, the one I did not mention, is actually two. I see you, frail and decrepit, with your face rotting away. It's not a certainty, but a faint haze. It's fighting with another image of you. That image has you in a black robe, wearing two pins at your collar that are too faint for me to make out. But you are surrounded by a golden aura. In one hand you hold your sword, in the other a flame.

Eli... These images fight for control of you. The common point is that you will channel. There will come a time that you must channel to protect someone. If that someone dies, Rand will die. I do not know why, or how, or who, but I know this. I also know that should you channel too soon, you will die of madness, and before you must do all that you can. I am truly sorry to put this burden on you Eli.

The last image I saw, is of a wheel, broken at the perimeter, to let you in, and mended once you're here. The wheel did not expect you, whatever that means, but it makes use of what it has. There will be a seperate decision, one of the light or of the shadow, and your choice will have a ripple effect through the ages."

She has great sadness in her eyes and looks down.
"I'm sorry Eli, it's truly more a curse to know the future. That is all I have to tell though."
Magnus
player, 2435 posts
Tue 20 Dec 2016
at 04:35
  • msg #167

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"I see. Well Before I told you things that would get me killed by the Red Sisters. If I trusted you with those secrets, there is no reason to hold back my other ones. So I guess I'll Tell you.

I'm not from this world. Literally speaking. I am a being called a verser. When we die we are forced into another Dimension alive and well. I've already died twice Once in a car Crash, and once being shot shot by a laser in the gut...a laser is a beam of light that burns like fire. Anyway. I originally came from a world very different from yours. No Magic or supernatural things for one difference. With many thing you would find amazing all done without a shred of the One Power.

After I got here and started my journey. I suspected that I could learn many strange things. But I held myself Back, Because Learning those strange things seems to be dangerous. and risks The Red Sisters calling me Shadowspawn or Darkfriend. I tried to learn to communicate with the wolfs but messed up horrible and caused them terrible pain. Heh. One of them saw my true nature. Curiosity is my reason for being. To stop being curious would be like death to me.

At the Eye of the World we faced Forsaken. One was chasing Rand to the Eye and I chased him. I tried Drawing from the eye to help me fight the forsaken."

I put on a grim Smile.
"It didn't work But I caused him to turn around to stop me. In that I was an Excellent Distraction. allowing Rand to kill him.

I knew I could learn after that. But I stopped myself. Because I knew that That way will lead to madness...
But That information helps me I know that my curiosity will eventually be satified."
This message was last edited by the player at 05:06, Tue 20 Dec 2016.
Glantri
player, 1666 posts
Tue 20 Dec 2016
at 12:09
  • msg #168

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Everyone besides Susan and Min seem stunned at the revalations that Min recounted.

Even Min looks stunned when you explain what that last vision meant.

Min starts to say something, and then stops several times, clearly not being able to put thoughts to words.

Eventually Nynaeve speaks up,
"Your secret is safe with us Eli. I suggest you keep both a close secret, letting the sisters know the second might be more painful in the long run than the first. I do not claim to understand, but I do know that what Min sees is true. At least when she knows it is. And that if Rand's life will rely on you, you have our support."

You see what looks similar to sadness in Nynaeves eyes, maybe regret. You can tell your story has struck home with her.
Magnus
player, 2438 posts
Tue 20 Dec 2016
at 19:16
  • msg #169

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"Well at least I know not to channel until the time is right... But it doesn't help that I don't have a clue how men channel...

Thank you for all of your support. Especially you Susan I don't know where I would be without you.

The funny thing is that death itself doesn't seem so bad. But I would probably go mad from loosing Susan and condemning the Wheel.So I still have to be careful. "
Glantri
player, 1669 posts
Tue 20 Dec 2016
at 22:50
  • msg #170

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Susan smiles at you and kisses you, "I appreciate that Eli, I would be lost without you."

OOC)Just to be clear, you have as much time with this group as you want, but when you're done and want to progress on towards your next goal just let me know. You have a few hours to burn, and it's the novice's free day.
Magnus
player, 2440 posts
Wed 21 Dec 2016
at 00:06
  • msg #171

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I'll kiss her back and hug her.
"Your welcome."

I'll sit and relax and let them talk for awhile

OOC: I'm pretty much done unless something interesting comes up.
Glantri
player, 1671 posts
Wed 21 Dec 2016
at 00:13
  • msg #172

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

They largely are just having small talk, talking about the frustrations of cleaning pots and pans, and what good does it do for learning the one power. Bemoaning the arduous nature of novicehood etc.

Nynaeve mostly stays quiet, thinking to herself and Min doesn't complain about novicehood but rather the unfairness of her having to be there in general, and of the annoying habits of Aes Sedai.

Eventually Gawyn knocks on the door, and when Egwene answers it he says,
"Ah, Egwene. I was..." and he sees you in the room, "Ah yes, I was sent to find Eli, and a novice mentioned seeing him near here. Verin would like to speak with you Eli, if you would come with me."

Assuming you do, he walks you to Verin, who is in her chambers.

Verin motions for you to sit before she begins speaking.

"Eli, I thought you should know that I must be leaving the tower for some time. I regret not being able to study you further, but I am needed elsewhere.

For the time being, Alanna will have to set the wards on you, to protect your dreams. If you still require them. I may be away a long time."
Magnus
player, 2442 posts
Wed 21 Dec 2016
at 01:06
  • msg #173

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I'll go with him to Verin.

"I understand.  I assume that it has something to do with keeping the wheel on the right course... or studying else you find interesting.  Who knows, it might be both.

I don't think the ward worked anyway.  Since I went to the Dream World when it was active. I believe that I'll be ok in the Dream World. I'll talk to Alanna Sedai later."
Glantri
player, 1673 posts
Wed 21 Dec 2016
at 01:25
  • msg #174

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"The Wheel weaves as the Wheel wills. I simply ride it's currents like the rest of the world. Take care Eli."

With the formal dismissal you still have considerable amounts of daytime left, and nothing scheduled. You suspect most of your training group is going to be getting extra sleep, or otherwise be non-mobile.

OOC)Approaching another point where we can handle a week or two at a time, unless you had something you wanted to take care of or set up.
Magnus
player, 2444 posts
Wed 21 Dec 2016
at 01:53
  • msg #175

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I'll go talk to Alanna about my latest trip to the Dream World. I'll check to see if she is in her room. If she's not there, I'll check with her Warders to see if they know where she is
Glantri
player, 1675 posts
Wed 21 Dec 2016
at 02:08
  • msg #176

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

You go out and try and find Alanna, and find she's not in her room.

After an hour or so of looking for Ihvan or Orwein, you come across a novice who mentions seeing them ride out west some time ago.
Magnus
player, 2445 posts
Wed 21 Dec 2016
at 02:30
  • msg #177

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I'll ask the Novice
"Did you see them ride out this morning or did they ride out more recently than that?"
Glantri
player, 1676 posts
Wed 21 Dec 2016
at 02:43
  • msg #178

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"Oh, I'd say about an hour ago? Maybe two?"
Magnus
player, 2447 posts
Wed 21 Dec 2016
at 02:56
  • msg #179

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"I see. Thank you. Have a good day."

I'll probably relax in the garden. And see what Susan is doing later.

We can skip ahead a week or two if you like.
Glantri
player, 1678 posts
Wed 21 Dec 2016
at 03:05
  • msg #180

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

A little while later you see Susan come out to spend some time in the gardens and you meet up with her. You have a nice late lunch/early dinnner outside.

Just before dusk, when you and Susan are about to head in you see Alanna and her two warders riding through the gates to the White Tower. She looks tired, even from a distance. You doubt others would notice, but you've spent a decent amount of time interacting with her, she walks differently when she's either pensive or exhausted, and she's walking that way now.

OOC)We're approaching when we'll skip ahead, just wanted to give a heads up on it and double check whether you had specific tasks or goals during that time.
Magnus
player, 2449 posts
Wed 21 Dec 2016
at 03:27
  • msg #181

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I'll play around with Susan and ask
"So what does Moon Eyed mean?"

 I'll let the lunch continue after that.

When I notice Alanna I'll walk up to her and ask.
"Are you doing well Alanna Sedai?"

My goals during the time skip would be to continue training with the waters and at night work on Lucid dreaming and going to the Dream World
Glantri
player, 1680 posts
Wed 21 Dec 2016
at 03:31
  • msg #182

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

She blushes when you mention it and says,
"I was hoping you might forget about that part. We all tease Egwene because she gets a slightly distant expression when she gets distracted by thoughts of Galad, it just means being obsessed with someone. It's based on looking on someone with wide eyed adoration. The wide eyes being 'moon eyes'"

------------

Alanna looks up as you approach, and after your question answers, "As well as can be expected I imagine. It's been a long day. And you Eli, are you well?"
Magnus
player, 2450 posts
Wed 21 Dec 2016
at 04:09
  • msg #183

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"I see. Obviously they mean that I am Moon Eyed for you."

-----------

"A Long day indeed with two rides for you... I am doing well. Well, as well as can be expected after our training trip got cut short. Did Verin Sedai inform you about my latest strange dream?"
Glantri
player, 1681 posts
Wed 21 Dec 2016
at 12:08
  • msg #184

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

She smiles fondly at you, and her blush somewhats subsides. She looks simply happy now.

--------

Alanna replies,
"I can not say, as without knowing what your last dream was, or when it was, it's impossible to know whether I know it already.

I do know that Verin asked I set wards on your dreams, if you so wish it."
Magnus
player, 2453 posts
Wed 21 Dec 2016
at 17:39
  • msg #185

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I smile back at Susan.
Embarrassment adverted.
--------------

"The dream was two days ago about the Port of Falme. I guess we should go to your room to talk about it."
Glantri
player, 1684 posts
Wed 21 Dec 2016
at 23:30
  • msg #186

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"That does not ring a bell, we can find a meeting room to discuss this in. I will need to call other meetings after so that would be most convenient."

She leads you, with her two warders, to what looks very similar to the war room you saw in Faldara. There is a large map on the one wall and a table large enough to sprawl supplementary maps onto.

"So Eli, you wish to tell me of this dream of yours? Of Falme?"

She has not dismissed her warders, for what that's worth.
Magnus
player, 2455 posts
Thu 22 Dec 2016
at 09:55
  • msg #187

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I nod to her

"Yes, I trusted you with the strangeness of my first dream.

Anyway, When I went to sleep about two days ago Before Galad and I made our return trip to the Tower, I was drawn into Tel'aran'rhiod again. Or maybe I'm going there on my own unconsciously. Verin Sedai's ward didn't keep me out before.

I was on the hills overlooking a port city and the ocean.

I found out later that this was the port of Falme next to the Aeryth Ocean on the Almoth Plains

There was a military camp outside the city and a fleet of sleek black ships on the Ocean.

I decided to explore the city and see what I can find out.

To protect myself, I formed a weapon and armor. They required concentration to maintain them. When my concentration slipped they changed into something else similar.

I walked into the city. The buildings where made from stonework. Blast marks appeared and disappeared on the buildings. Giving me the impression of an active battle.

I explored and found The Three Plum Blossoms Inn. I sensed that Someone is watching me. So I called out to them to show themselves. They didn't show.
I explored the inn and didn't find anything.

So I walked to the dock and jumped to one of the ships. I haven't seen a design like this before. They are ships build for speed with rows of oars and sails. They look like they are crewed 30 but could work with only 10.

I wandered to the Captain's room. There where letters there but they appeared and disappeared too fast to read. There was a map that I got to study. It showed a land across the Aryth Ocean called Seandar."

I show about where it is using the map in the room.


"Then I found an odd set of barracks behind another barracks...

There where these Silver Collars with a siver chain and silver bracelet. I had a bad feeling about them. I also sensed that I was about to wake up.

So I decided to find out as much as I can about the Collars. So I touched the collar and tried to read it's history.
It felt like my brain was being stabbed by red hot needles. But I read it's history anyway.  I found out that it is called an A'dam, meaning Leash in the Old Tongue. It is a Ter'angreal used to enslave a female channeler to another's will.

At this point I woke up.

These... People from Seandar, They are extremely dangerous for the Tower. I don't know how to warn the Tower without bringing very uncomfortable questions down on my head."
Glantri
player, 1686 posts
Thu 22 Dec 2016
at 12:21
  • msg #188

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

The map ends with the Aryth Ocean as a border, but you can use it for relative placement well enough.

She listens, and thinks for a few moments before responding,
"I will see what can be done with regards to letting the others know of danger, without raising questions about how you can do this. Though I am personally curious how...

Either way, I suspect you don't want to delve into that and it can wait for another time when I am less tired. Rest assured the Green Ajah stands vigilant against threats, whether they come from this land or the other side of the Aryth. I appreciate the warning however of this A'dam and these invaders. Knowing what we expect to face may save lives should we need to.

As to the dreamworld, I know little about it compared to Verin Sedai, but as mentioned I can place another ward on you, should you wish it."
Magnus
player, 2457 posts
Fri 23 Dec 2016
at 04:21
  • msg #189

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"I'm planning on exploring Tel'aran'rhiod. If I can recover useful information, the danger will be worth it."
Glantri
player, 1688 posts
Fri 23 Dec 2016
at 12:24
  • msg #190

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"Just be careful Eli, there may be dangers worse than death there. And while I would regret losing a promising potential warder for the tower, I would be furious if it interfered with a promising future green sister.

I am unsure however, what you wish of me in this. It sounds like you now wish not to have your dreams warded, so you can be pulled into them. Is this the case? In which case, I assume you are looking for something else?" It is a topic you probably want to avoid too many knowing about, while i don't believe you are channeling to enter the dream, some red sisters are... zealous let us say. And just because one is innocent does not always prevent problems."

That last part she says warily. She is being very careful not to say certain things.
Magnus
player, 2459 posts
Sat 24 Dec 2016
at 10:23
  • msg #191

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"I've heard some about the Red Sisters and Elyas.
I plan on keeping this as quiet as I can.
But It would be sort of useless to go to Tel'aran'rhiod if I don't tell anyone about what I found. So I want to talk to you when I find something important. So you can make sure the right people in the White Tower know about what I find.
I do not wish for any harm to come to an Aes Sedai. Therefor I want them to know all I can tell them about what we face."
Glantri
player, 1690 posts
Sun 25 Dec 2016
at 02:51
  • msg #192

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

She narrows her eyes slightly, "how, and what, do you know of Elyas?"
Magnus
player, 2461 posts
Sun 25 Dec 2016
at 11:40
  • msg #193

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"I mentioned meeting him during my trip from Baerlon to Tar Valon. Lan Mandraggaran also told me about him. Apparently Eylas was a warder and Lan Mandraggaran's instructor before Eylas's eyes turned gold. He is a Wolfbrother which gives him a spiritual connection to wolfs.

The Red Sisters accused him of having a connection to the Shadow. He was forced to Escape, killing warders on his way out. Causing most Aes Sedai to not be sympathetic to him.

Lan Mandraggaran says that wolf-brothers are not of the shadow. And I believe him."
Glantri
player, 1692 posts
Sun 25 Dec 2016
at 13:36
  • msg #194

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I don't have that in my notes, nor could I find it when I looked back at when you explained your initial dream injuries to Alanna. Now it easily could be missing from my notes and I could be looking at the wrong conversation, but wanted to clear it up. If your just trying to bluff past Alanna, convincing her she just didn't remember that's fine too, but suspected it was more a case of us being on different pages.
Magnus
player, 2463 posts
Sun 25 Dec 2016
at 18:06
  • msg #195

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I mentioned it during my second conversation with Verin and Alanna. Where I told them what I could about my trip from Baerlon to Tar Valon.
Glantri
player, 1694 posts
Sun 25 Dec 2016
at 18:29
  • msg #196

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Ooc) Ah, I see where my mistake was. I missed the part where Alanna was in the room for that (I had searched for when Elyas was mentioned)

Her face relaxes slightly, "Ah, I had forgotten about that with the stresses of today. It's truly tragic what happened there, though the killing of a warder is a grave offense, even if it was for the foolish actions of the red.

As best I know, no one in the tower really knows how his connection with the wolves works, but rational sisters don't believe it was ever connected to the shadow."

She takes a breath and composes herself,

"It's been a long day however. You are welcome to seek me out when you have news, and I will handle the dissemination of the information past that. Did you wish not to have that ward set on you then? "
Magnus
player, 2466 posts
Sun 25 Dec 2016
at 19:41
  • msg #197

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"Yes, it was tragic. I'll hold off on the ward for now. Thank you for your help."
Glantri
player, 1697 posts
Sun 25 Dec 2016
at 23:43
  • msg #198

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

She wishes you well, and then goes back to a large brown book she was reading when you came in.

Did you have anything else in mind for the day or were you heading to sleep?

Are you planning to try and go into the dreamworld, or waiting until you get pulled in or enter naturally?
Magnus
player, 2468 posts
Mon 26 Dec 2016
at 00:44
  • msg #199

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I have nothing in particular in mind for the rest of the day.

I'm going to try to induce a Lucid Dream. To see if I can or if all lucid dreams occurs in the Dreamworld.
Glantri
player, 1699 posts
Mon 26 Dec 2016
at 03:03
  • msg #200

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

So when you try and induce lucid dreams, do you try and form a dream before you go to sleep and then dream of that? Or does it require you to realize your in a dream and then seize control?

Also do you find that you dream every night, or sporadically?
Magnus
player, 2469 posts
Mon 26 Dec 2016
at 03:28
  • msg #201

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I can only lucid dream when I recognize I'm in dream and take control of it.

I happens only sporadically when I recognized a dream I had before or that I am in a dream.

This night I'll hold a focus akin to the Flame and the Void. I'll remain in a relaxed awareness. I'll go to sleep trying to maintain that state. Hopefully I'll be more aware in my dream so that I recognized I am in a dream and take it over.
Glantri
player, 1700 posts
Mon 26 Dec 2016
at 12:56
  • msg #202

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

That night you drift asleep in a heightened awareness. It takes you a lot longer than normal to fall asleep this way, but sleep eventually comes.

You find yourself amidst a dream of battle. You are fighting alongside Archer, as an unending wave of shadowy figures approach. You've just realized this is a dream and have taken control.
Magnus
player, 2472 posts
Mon 26 Dec 2016
at 17:51
  • msg #203

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I pinch myself quickly to test if I am in Tel'aran'rhiod.

I'll do the first thing to comes to mind.
 I have a book on runes with me. I sometimes study it in my free time since it is one of the few books that came with me

Quickly I'll trace Sowilō in the air as a glowing rune


The most common meanings for it is Sun and Victory. I'll charge the glowing rune with mana and send it off into the horde and make it explode into solar essence. Damaging these shadowy things by being their elemental opposite.

Then I'll form a copy of my sword along with a paired wakizashi analog. Then I'll fill my body with mana and reinforced myself so that I am as strong, fast and tough as a Heroic Spirit.

 I'll get into my balanced stance as I enter the Flame and the Void.
This message was last edited by the player at 01:00, Tue 14 May 2019.
Glantri
player, 1702 posts
Tue 27 Dec 2016
at 02:14
  • msg #204

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

You pinch yourself and it hurts, although it's a somewhat hollow pain, similar to when you are embracing the void and have that as a buffer. But it's definitely pain that you feel.

You charge your rune however, and unleash it upon the hordes of shadow creatures. It shoots forth from your hand and expands when it reaches your target, growing many times in size before exploding in a brilliant light.

To your horror, you see the faces of loved ones and friends among the shadowed creatures, only visible from the explosion. You see Susan, and Egwene, Rand, Perrin, Matt and many others you've met through your travels. They all scream in anguish before crumbling to dust. But their spots are quickly filled by untold ranks from behind.

Meanwhile from behind you you here a constant snap of bowstring followed by explosion. Time after time.

You successfully form your sword and reinforce yourself.
Magnus
player, 2474 posts
Tue 27 Dec 2016
at 07:12
  • msg #205

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I'm in Tel'aran'rhiod. Time to get serious.

I'll trace Sowilō in the air again with my sword and put mana into it. Instead of the huge explosion from before, I am enhancing my swords with the power of the sun. So that their nature will directly oppose these shadows that wear the faces of those I know.

I could try something bigger and more grand. But that didn't turn out well for me before when I mimicked Archer. For now I'll defeat them conventionally instead of trying to erase them from existence.

I'll move to support Archer and keep them off of him. I'll maintain some effort in reserve for Defending myself. I should be able to move fast enough to cut them down in droves

I'll call out to him.
"What can you tell me about these creatures Archer EMIYA? I'm going to hold them off so that you can use your bigger attacks that require more prep work."

If he deploys his Reality Marble. He could kill all of them by making it rain swords on them.
Glantri
player, 1705 posts
Tue 27 Dec 2016
at 17:33
  • msg #206

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

He replies, "They are nightmare creatures. I sense that they wish to create a hook for their master to get a hold of, to subvert thy will. Do not let them touch you. "

You know Archer EMIYA far better than I do. What's important for now is what you expect him to do. Whatever it is, he will begin doing, so feel free to describe what you'd like him to do. (I was trying to research Archer enough for this, but kept feeling I was falling short. And for in your dreamworld it makes sense for him to follow your expectations.)

For your own efforts you enhance your blades with the power of the sun until they start flowing. You then charge and take out shadows by the score. They shy away from the light alone, and vanish at each swordstroke.

As you fight on your feel like the world is sliding, it's an uneasy feeling and you can't tell exactly what is causing it.
Magnus
player, 2476 posts
Tue 27 Dec 2016
at 22:36
  • msg #207

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

OOC: It is hard to get a feel for a character from just the wiki pages. I'll get you some links later if you would like to use more Nasuverse stuff later.

As I start cutting down the Nightmares around him, Archer starts using the heavy artillery.
Firing Broken Phantasms of Caladbolg II into the crowd to reduce their numbers.
Again and again he fires the Broken Phantasm But the Nightmares still come.

I sense the world trying to shift and have a flash of insight.

"The Guy controlling the Nightmares in near Here! He's about to turn the terrain against us. Deploy Your Reality Marble so he doesn't get the chance!"

I continue to defend, holding off the horde as Archer prepares his spell

"My body is made out of swords."

At first it is quiet. Almost too quiet for me to hear while clashing steel against Nightmare flesh.

"My blood is of iron and my heart of glass."

I am glad to be able to see this in person.

"I have overcome countless battlefields."

To rewrite the world to ones own alien perception of Reality.

"Not even once retreating,
 Not even once being understood."


And manifest your Soul for all to see.

"He was always alone, intoxicated with victory in a hill of swords."

Briefly, I wonder what My soul is actually like.

"Thus, his life has no meaning."

I always liked swords. I've always liked Archers Reality Marble. But That doesn't mean I'll get something as cool. When I finally channel the closest I'll get is to weave a sword out of Earth.

"That body was certainly made out of swords."

I release the resistance I was putting into preventing the world from changing and let Archer deploy his inner world.

A circle of heatless fire surrounds Archer with the final Line of his chant. Before spreading rapidly to everything in the area and temporary blinding everyone.

When their vision clears, The world is changed.
We find ourselves on an open barren desert with countless swords planted point first into the ground. Like an untold multitude of graves. Smog and embers raise from the ground producing a haze that obscures the horizon. Monolithic black gears gyrate in the sky. Turning at impossible angles to run an unseen Machine. That produces All the materials and sorceries needed to make the weapons in this world

His Final Resting place. After being betrayed by everything including his Ideal.

Archer Smirk in his usual smug manner, Lifts his hand up and snaps his fingers.
The sound echos though out the world And the World responds to his will. Then it starts Raining Steel around us. A torrential downpour of swords cutting into the Nightmares.(And hopefully the one that was calling them.)
Glantri
player, 1707 posts
Tue 27 Dec 2016
at 23:28
  • msg #208

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

OOC) I would like that, though finding time to read or watch enough of it will be tough, my schedule has been packed recently.  Maybe with the holidays cooling down though.

Archer's downpour of swords cuts into shadow creatures left and right. You have to dodge tight situations multiple times, but at the end of the downpour you see a field of swords sticking out of the ground with black whisps of smoke curling upwards in the air. You see Archer with his smug smirk surveying the carnage.

You notice too late that the shadowy whisps converged above Archer. They strike down, going from slow drifts of what you thought were the remnants of the shadows to faster than your eye can track. Archer dodges most of it but takes a long gash along his face before jumping backwards. You almost think you can see from here a discoloration in his face, small black lines reaching outwards from the cut.

A deep primal sense of fear has started taking root in your soul, as despair begins to set in. Thoughts of giving up and dying keep cropping up.
Magnus
player, 2478 posts
Wed 28 Dec 2016
at 02:20
  • msg #209

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Wait a minute. I didn't get hit. But Archer did with that Nightmare mist. These feeling are not natural. That Archer is a part of me somehow. I Refuse to let ether of us become corrupted!

My voice shouts out a command that I force the world to obey.
"Archer! Return to me"
I'll absorb him and his corruption but I wont let it effect me.

I raise my hand to the sky and shout
"TAIIIYOOO!!!"

The haze and gears part to reveal The Sun shining at high noon. Bathing everything in purifying sunlight and destroying the last wisps of the Nightmares outside my body.
I continue to shout and burn the Magic circle into the ground and summon the Piledriver With the solar collectors ready to go.

I'm going to Purify myself in the Piledriver and burn the taint of the Nightmare from me.
Django Survived being purified before. I'll believe that I will come out of this fine. I'll accept the essence of the Sun coursing though me and burning the darkness within.
Glantri
player, 1709 posts
Wed 28 Dec 2016
at 02:39
  • msg #210

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

The world darkens as you try absorbing Archer. The surrounding darkness that had faded for a moment after Archer's rain of steel redoubles itself, pressing in further and with it the looming sense of dread you feel.

Archer does however wink out, into a bright red orb speckled with dark black veins and shoots towards you. Absorbing the orb feels vile, and you feel your soul wrench, but you grit your teeth and continue.

You shout towards the sky, and see a tiny sliver of sunlight pierce the darkness, but whenever a piledriver begins forming swirling masses of blackness consume it within the minute.

The nightmare creatures seem to be growing in strength, as does the feeling of utter despair and hopelessness. The thin beam of sunlight is only about ten feet away, but there is a swarming oppressive darkness between you and it.
Magnus
player, 2480 posts
Wed 28 Dec 2016
at 03:56
  • msg #211

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I'm getting angry at this unnatural feeling of hopelessness. I am Myself and No One can Change me.

I'm to invoke the trope <a href="http://tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pmwiki.php/Main/ThemeMusicPowerUp">Theme Music Power Up</a> with <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lGaneyDfyls">This Music</a> by forcing it to play. Invoking a memetic association within myself that says when that song plays, Hopelessness and Despair is going to get beat.

I draw Sowilō focusing on it meaning as Sun and though that Perfection and Completion.
Followed by Mannaz meaning Man or The Self. I'm focusing on the second meaning of The Self.
Therefor taken together their purpose it to perfect and purify the Self.



(Sigh. couldn't get them the same size.)

I'll pour mana into the combination of runes to purify myself. While drawing down the power of the Sun to aid me.
Glantri
player, 1711 posts
Wed 28 Dec 2016
at 17:33
  • msg #212

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

You pull on the power of the sun, focusing it through your Sigils and aligning it to bring you closer to a perfect self.

In a flash your magics take effect and you feel a burning scouring sensation course through you, and focus for a time on an alien presence you have secreted away, one you know to be Archer and the corruption.

After minutes of agony your vision clears and you sense the corruption still exists, but concentrated and isolated in the far reaches of your soul. Unfortunately you feel Archer is also trapped behind that veil.

Of note, your music still plays, but with discordant notes that send pain through your system, resonating with that concentrated node of shadow. You can also tell the shadows are moving to cut off what light you brought into this terror field.
Magnus
player, 2482 posts
Thu 29 Dec 2016
at 00:04
  • msg #213

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

The realization hits me.

I cannot win here. This Servant of The Dark One holds too much of an advantage on me. For all my will and belief, I am still a novice at manipulating this world. I'm going to have to retreat. To give myself time to examine myself and return to the real world.

I Focus my will on myself and teleport to Baerlon and send out false connections to other places to mask where I really teleported. I'll teleport a few times around Baerlon. Again sending out false connections to places around the city to throw him off my trail. Then I'll move to another place in the city on foot then teleport to Four Kings.

That should buy me aome time. First examine myself.

Archer still exists within me so I should be able to communicate with him.

I direct my thoughts to him.

Archer, can you hear me? What can you tell me about what I did to you and where you are at within my soul?

I'm going to try a variant of structural analyst on myself. Instead of analyzing the physical part myself I'm going to try to analyze the spiritual parts of myself.

I'm going to fill myself and my soul with mana. Let it gather information about myself. Then absorb it to learn about myself and what I just did.

At this point I'm probably going to try to retreat to the real world by Waking up. Unless I think I could separate from Archer without harm to him.
Glantri
player, 1713 posts
Thu 29 Dec 2016
at 00:53
  • msg #214

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

You focus and teleport and feel yourself shunted off towards Baerlon. In transit you feel the world spin on its head, before it snaps, leaving you at the epicenter of the swirling mass of darkness. Your instincts scream in frustration, and you somehow know that there is a barrier separating this pocket and the rest of the dreamworld.

The shadows don't seem to  realize what has happened though, and are shifting and coalescing near the far extreme of the area, near where you tried to pass through and on to Baerlon, so it still buys you a little breathing time to examine yourself.

When you talk internally you sense that nothing is heard, or that it isn't understood. You then probe your spiritual aura to discern what's going on, which indicates that you didn't exactly absorb Archer. You shifted your soul, and superimposed his condensed essence in the spot that you cleared away. Now that you know where to look you can sense that he is unconscious, and while the poison of darkness is held at bay it bears close to his vitals.

Some of that didn't go as planned, are you still trying to wake up? If so how exactly? Shear force of will or anything in particular?
Magnus
player, 2485 posts
Thu 29 Dec 2016
at 01:15
  • msg #215

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I will form a knife and cut my hand with it. I'll then focus on the pain and force myself awake.
Glantri
player, 1715 posts
Thu 29 Dec 2016
at 01:21
  • msg #216

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

You form a knife and cut into your hand, focusing on the pain and will to wake up. At first it doesn't work, but you cut a little deeper, and your vision swims and fades to black.

Suddenly you are aware of yourself, in your bed which is drenched with sweat. Your hand is in pain, yet seems minor in comparison to your aching skull. It feels like a baseball team took turns using your head as batting practice. More over, you feel more exhausted by far now than when you set down for sleep and you can see the sun is starting to rise.
Magnus
player, 2487 posts
Thu 29 Dec 2016
at 01:35
  • msg #217

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I'll get up, get dressed, wrap my hand with a rag and then go to Alanna's room.

I'll wait until after sunrise to knock on her door.
"I'm sorry for doing this again. Can we talk in your room?"
Glantri
player, 1717 posts
Thu 29 Dec 2016
at 01:42
  • msg #218

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Both getting dressed and wrapping your hand take more time than normal, as there is a scab across the palm that breaks loose periodically.

That takes up enough time though that you don't have to wait long for it to be a reasonable hour, and you make your way to Alanna's quarters. You knock with your good hand, and after a few minutes the door opens slightly, with Alanna looking annoyed. She looks at you grumbles something but motions for you to enter before saying, "Ihvan, put a shirt on and go get breakfast."

She turns to you when he leaves, "so what is it that has you at my door so early in the morning? You may imagine how tired I am."
Magnus
player, 2489 posts
Thu 29 Dec 2016
at 02:24
  • msg #219

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I bow deeply to her.

"I am deeply sorry for this. I was a fool to refuse your ward.
Because last night I walked into an ambush by a Servant of the Dark One.

I dreamed of a battle between a Hero and a horde of shadowy Nightmare creatures.
I asked the Hero what he knew about the creatures.
He said that he senses that they wish to create a hook within me for their master to get a hold of and subvert me to his will.

At first we did ok and beat back the horde but when defeated the creatures formed a shadowy mist. suddenly the Mist attacked the Hero and cut him across his face. I saw his skin star to get discolored. And I started feeling a growing sense of despair and hopelessness.

I thought that the Hero represented some part of me that I brought in or he was really that Hero. Ether way I decided that I wasn't going to abandon him. So I somehow took him within my soul. Then I tried to Purify myself from the Shadowy Hopelessness with Sunlight. I struggled. But I realized that I couldn't win this. So I tried to escape and buy myself time to wake up.
I tried to teleport to a city but something messed up. and I found myself in a swirling mass of darkness but it didn't notice me. Then I cut my hand to wake Myself up...

I feel like I didn't sleep at all. But I can deal with that and get though the day.

What I need your help with is that Hero is probably still in my soul and he has been poisoned with darkness. I felt it was near his vitals. Is there a way to heal something like that?"
Glantri
player, 1719 posts
Thu 29 Dec 2016
at 02:34
  • msg #220

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

" Eli, there is much I do not know about the dreamworld. Doubtless there is much more that I don't know than what I do.

That said, I do not know how you would have stored... Someone... In your soul. Much less, how To go about healing them. I could attempt to delve you, and see whether I sense anything out of the ordinary. That may allow me a better idea of what is going on."

Assuming you do not object, she places her hand on your forehead and you feel a chill feeling wash over you. Not healing, much smaller of a chill than that, but what you now realize happens every time before healing. Her face is fixed in concentration.

"I sense nothing amiss Eli. You are clearly in great pain, and you exhaustion will likely force you to go easy today, but I sense no extra personage holed away nor do I sense any darkness or poison."
Magnus
player, 2491 posts
Thu 29 Dec 2016
at 02:56
  • msg #221

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"...I see. Then I got you up for no reason... What would you like me to do to make it up to you?"
Glantri
player, 1721 posts
Thu 29 Dec 2016
at 03:08
  • msg #222

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

She shakes her head,
"I would not say it is no reason, you informed me that something or someone has found you again in the dreams, and has sought to kill you perhaps.

Also,I suspect asking you to do anything today would only leave you miserable and the asker disappointed. You do not have the look of one who can run hard tasks. Rest Eli."

Her temper has flipped from the initial annoyance at the door back to warmth you have seen in her more regularly.
Magnus
player, 2493 posts
Thu 29 Dec 2016
at 03:27
  • msg #223

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"... It looks like I owe you another favor.
This looks like it is going to be a long day...

Do you have any questions for me?"
Glantri
player, 1723 posts
Thu 29 Dec 2016
at 03:36
  • msg #224

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"Only whether you have changed your mind about that ward, other than that I would like to eat breakfast and get more sleep."
Magnus
player, 2495 posts
Thu 29 Dec 2016
at 03:56
  • msg #225

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"Yes, I was a fool to refuse it before. I was overconfident in my ability and nearly got myself killed or worse..."
Glantri
player, 1725 posts
Thu 29 Dec 2016
at 18:02
  • msg #226

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"You survived and learned. That is better than some."

She walks over and puts her hand to your head, and you feel an odd sensation, a chilling pattern swirling on your scalp before settling in. It's not subtle like the ones Moiraine or Verin have put on you, but she nods when she is done.
Magnus
player, 2497 posts
Thu 29 Dec 2016
at 18:34
  • msg #227

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"Thank you Alanna Sedai."

After I am dismissed, I'll go see Susan.
Glantri
player, 1727 posts
Thu 29 Dec 2016
at 22:59
  • msg #228

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

You catch her as she's heading out her door, she looks startled when she looks up from a sack of books and sees you.

"Eli! What are you doing here? You look terrible, and don't you normally have morning training?"
Magnus
player, 2499 posts
Fri 30 Dec 2016
at 00:19
  • msg #229

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"Yeah I do have practice today. Today is going to be long...
Can we talk in your room?"

if she lets me in I'll tell her
"Well. All this can be traced back to my overconfidence. I thought I knew the dreamworld well enough to explore it and take on anything there. So I didn't get a ward last night to give myself more opportunities to explore it.

I walked right into an Ambush by a Servant of the Dark One. Archer EMIYA was facing a horde of Nightmare Creatures. I moved in to support him and Asked him what he knew about them. He said that they want to but hooks into me to subvert me to their master's will.

We performed big attacks and destroyed a lot of them. They formed a fog or mist of darkness. Suddenly it took form and slashed Archer across his face. I could see the skin around it start to discolor. I also felt a mounting feeling of dread and hopelessness.

At this I though. Ether this Archer was some part of my self that I brought in or it was somehow him. Ether way I wasn't going to abandon him. So I somehow drew him into my soul.

At this point I called down Sunlight to purify us from this darkness and hopelessness. That actually hurt a bit. I could feel it scouring the darkness from me. But it didn't help Archer.

It also didn't completely work due to the fact the entity causing it was still attacking me.
I realized that I couldn't win this. This Servant of the Dark one had too much of an advantage on me. So I tried to escape by teleporting out of there. something messed up and I ended up in some swirling mass of darkness. But it didn't notice me. So I cut my hand and used the pain to help wake me up.

I though Archer was still in my soul somehow. Actually I shoved my soul to the side a bit and stored him there. Anyway before I woke up I sensed that he was still poisoned by the darkness somehow. Alanna scanned me but didn't find anything out of the ordinary though."
Glantri
player, 1729 posts
Fri 30 Dec 2016
at 00:35
  • msg #230

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

She looks torn,
"Is it urgent Eli? I will be late for class if I delay long. I suppose I might have a minute to spare... "

You can tell she's willing to hear you out if need be but would not like to get unneeded punishment. You have heard that being late for any meeting is enough for a novice to be disciplined by the Mistress of Novices, which you know includes anything from being tasked with scrubbing pots to a switching.
Magnus
player, 2501 posts
Fri 30 Dec 2016
at 01:36
  • msg #231

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"I can wait. I was ambushed in the Dreamworld. I'll tell you about it when we are not running late. See you later."

I'll go about the rest of the day as best I can.
Glantri
player, 1731 posts
Fri 30 Dec 2016
at 01:53
  • msg #232

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

She hugs you and kisses you, "I'm glad you're ok then. Meet me back here at noon if you can, and you can tell me over lunch? If not at the end of the day."

She rushes off then, clearly in a hurry.

You arrive late, but not by enough to get you in trouble. Orwein is directing the class is sword forms, and doesn't mention anything as you take your position. Practicing the forms, what is normally trivial to you, takes all of your effort. Even still you falter multiple times in the transitions from one form to the next. You think you may have had the worst forms today, when normally only Galad or sometimes Gawyn match or exceed your technique.

Forms take up the entire morning, before you are dismissed to get lunch shortly before noon, and are expected back to review survival tactics in an hour and a half.
Magnus
player, 2503 posts
Fri 30 Dec 2016
at 03:26
  • msg #233

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I hug and kiss her back.

---------------------

I'll get lunch for Susan and Myself. Then take it to her room.

When she gets there I'll tell her my story.

"Here is what happened.

Well. All this can be traced back to my overconfidence. I thought I knew the dreamworld well enough to explore it and take on anything there. So I didn't get a ward last night to give myself more opportunities to explore it.

I walked right into an Ambush by a Servant of the Dark One. Archer EMIYA was facing a horde of Nightmare Creatures. I moved in to support him and Asked him what he knew about them. He said that they want to but hooks into me to subvert me to their master's will.

We performed big attacks and destroyed a lot of them. They formed a fog or mist of darkness. Suddenly it took form and slashed Archer across his face. I could see the skin around it start to discolor. I also felt a mounting feeling of dread and hopelessness.

At this I though. Ether this Archer was some part of my self that I brought in or it was somehow him. Ether way I wasn't going to abandon him. So I somehow drew him into my soul.

At this point I called down Sunlight to purify us from this darkness and hopelessness. That actually hurt a bit. I could feel it scouring the darkness from me. But it didn't help Archer.

It also didn't completely work due to the fact the entity causing it was still attacking me.
I realized that I couldn't win this. This Servant of the Dark one had too much of an advantage on me. So I tried to escape by teleporting out of there. something messed up and I ended up in some swirling mass of darkness. But it didn't notice me. So I cut my hand and used the pain to help wake me up.

I though Archer was still in my soul somehow. Actually I shoved my soul to the side a bit and stored him there. Anyway before I woke up I sensed that he was still poisoned by the darkness somehow. Alanna scanned me but didn't find anything out of the ordinary though."
Glantri
player, 1733 posts
Fri 30 Dec 2016
at 21:19
  • msg #234

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

She stops eating half way through and stares at you in horror, before hugging you tight at the end of there story.

"Please be careful Eli. I don't know what I would do without you, and no information is worth losing you."

She looks terrified, and feel her shaking slightly as she holds you close.
Magnus
player, 2505 posts
Sat 31 Dec 2016
at 02:36
  • msg #235

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I'll hold her and comfort her.
"I was a fool for being so reckless. What I need is a teacher for there... I don't know who could teach me though...Archer seemed to know a thing or too. If I go to the dream world tonight. I'll have to purify the darkness that attacked him... then maybe I can get some answers..."
Glantri
player, 1735 posts
Sat 31 Dec 2016
at 02:51
  • msg #236

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"A teacher... that would be difficult. Anaya Sedai looks to guide Egwene, but Anaya isn't a dreamer herself, but just knows some of the old stories. Not to mention it would involve another knowing more than is comfortable to get her involved.

As to Archer.,, and purifying, you're going back tonight? I thought you had that wars placed on you? And are you sure this Archer was real? I thought he was a fictional character from your world?"
Magnus
player, 2507 posts
Sat 31 Dec 2016
at 03:27
  • msg #237

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"I did have a Ward placed on me. But I still go there on my own unconsciously. I think I might have an idea on how to trigger it...

That is what I am curious about. Whether he was real or not. He wasn't real in my world. But that doesn't preclude him being real in other worlds. We... actually had a theory about the possibly of other worlds...how to explain this...There are probably countless to an infinite number of other worlds besides this one and my home world. Some people hypothesized that some worlds might resemble our fiction through shear happenstance. "
Glantri
player, 1737 posts
Sat 31 Dec 2016
at 04:09
  • msg #238

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

She looks rather confused as you explain the concept of infinite worlds, but she nods slowly, "I suppose that is possible, but why would he be in this one? I might not be understanding the concept though.

What you're planning to do to enter, it's not dangerous is it?"
She's looking at you worriedly now.
Magnus
player, 2510 posts
Sun 1 Jan 2017
at 04:08
  • msg #239

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I don't know ether. Maybe Tel'aran'rhiod has something to do with spirits. I'll just have to figure it out. Carefully of course.

It's a meditation exercise that my homeworld uses to promote lucid dreams. Tel'aran'rhiod acts in many ways like a lucid dream. So I guess it might work.

It works by maintaining a relaxed awareness as you are going to sleep. You are more likely to notice you are in a dream that way."
Glantri
player, 1740 posts
Sun 1 Jan 2017
at 05:50
  • msg #240

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

She looks thoughtful for a moment, then begins, "but isn't the ward to prevent others from pulling you into the dreams against your will? If you are going there voluntarily, you could be walking into a trap."
Magnus
player, 2512 posts
Sun 1 Jan 2017
at 06:53
  • msg #241

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"The ward does prevent me from being pulled in. It does nothing to stop me from going in on my own.

If they pull me in, They know where I am coming out in Tel'aran'rhiod. Allowing them to set a trap for me.

If I go in under my own power, Who knows where I going to come out. I'm more than likely to appear out in the middle of nowhere.

Besides. If I think I'm in another trap, I'll retreat back to the real world."
Glantri
player, 1742 posts
Sun 1 Jan 2017
at 13:45
  • msg #242

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"That, that makes sense. Do be careful though."

She looks worried, but trusts your judgement. She starts eating lunch, realizing that good amount of your lunchtime has passed and you will both have to report to class or training soon.
Magnus
player, 2514 posts
Sun 1 Jan 2017
at 19:33
  • msg #243

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I'll hurry up and finish my lunch and then hug her before I go.
"I will be careful. You depend on me. I wont let myself die."

After I am done talking to her, I'll go to where I am expected for training.
Glantri
player, 1745 posts
Sun 1 Jan 2017
at 22:03
  • msg #244

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

You go down to the training yard, where you were told to, and find several trap configurations laid out. Varying form small animal traps, to pit falls, to many different sizes of snares.

Orwein begins by explaining the basics of trapping, and uses of each. It's somewhat boring and takes quite a while. Most of the afternoons practice is learning the types of knots. You stumble through it, your hands refusing the dexterity required to tie them quickly, and tightly.

It occurs to you that Orwein chose two topics for today's training, that while part of what you learn routinely are more academic and less strenuous than the norm. Even with that, after you are dismissed for the evening after nearly five hours of knotting, mixed with some pit digging and filling ( that part is done in one of the gardens, where new trees are being planted.), you are barely able to stand on your feet.

Gawyn approaches you,
"Eli, are you alright? You.... You did not act as yourself today. Have you caught ill?"
Magnus
player, 2517 posts
Mon 2 Jan 2017
at 00:43
  • msg #245

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"Hello Gawyn. I knew I couldn't hide my fatigue today... Not ill, But I didn't get a good rest at all last night. It sometimes happen to me. Hopefully my rest is better tonight. I hate it when I am not able to give my best.

Thank you for your concern Gawyn."
Glantri
player, 1747 posts
Mon 2 Jan 2017
at 00:52
  • msg #246

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

He looks at you skeptically, but says, "As you say Eli, fatigue. Well make sure to be in better shape tomorrow, I hear rumors we're going to be joining the larger pool of trainees under Master Coulin. He's returning with the 40 or so trainees that were experienced enough to go on a training mission in the southern provinces.

I suspect we're also going to be tasked with finding a warder to apprentice under soon, and having a poor showing tomorrow would severely hurt your options.

Don't mention anything though, I'm not technically supposed to know any of that, nor are any of us."
He has a mischievous grin that vaguely reminds you of Matt.
Magnus
player, 2518 posts
Mon 2 Jan 2017
at 01:07
  • msg #247

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I smile though my fatigue.

"I see. Is it good to know that even though we're not supposed to.

Information can make or break a Country in a war. Make sure you have the relevant information.

I'm going to go straight to sleep. So I should be in top form tomorrow."

----------

As soon as my conversation with Gawyn is done I'm going to bed. I doubt I could gather the focus needed for the meditation exercise.
Glantri
player, 1748 posts
Mon 2 Jan 2017
at 01:16
  • msg #248

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Gawyn nods,
"Till tomorrow then Eli"


--------------

You head straight to your quarters, and lie down. The second you do the weight of your fatigue crashes home and you fall asleep.

You wake the next morning several hours before sunrise, when the rest of the tower and the trainees are still asleep. You slept well, though you can't remember dreaming at all, not even normal dreams. It feels somewhat weird, but you are well rested.

You know you're expected at sunrise (which is slightly earlier than the normal starting time) in the practice yard.
Magnus
player, 2520 posts
Mon 2 Jan 2017
at 01:33
  • msg #249

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

... That works. Why didn't Verin do that to me before? oh well.

I'll rest and nap until it is time to get up. Then I'll get dressed and show up in the practice yard.
Glantri
player, 1750 posts
Mon 2 Jan 2017
at 01:48
  • msg #250

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

When you get to the practice yard you see a tall man of stocky build that you haven't seen around the tower before. He's wearing a warders color shifting cloak, and has that air about him that there is no question about what he is. He's currently inspecting the live steel practice weapons and talking with an Aes Sedai you have not seen before.

Over the next several minutes the rest of your group of trainees shows up and there is some whispered gossip talking about who the warder is and where Orwein is. No one mentions his name correctly, if Gawyn was right that is. Some presume he's a warder from the borderlands, or the far south reaches, that seldom visits the tower. Others talk about whether he's a new warder, but one selected from a veteran army.

After several minutes the warder makes his way over to your group and says firmly,
"Who among you knows who I am?"

There is an awkward silence as no one speaks up immediately.

He has penetrating steel blue eyes and looks to be all business.
Magnus
player, 2522 posts
Mon 2 Jan 2017
at 02:37
  • msg #251

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I'll enter the Flame and the Void to remain calm. I'll let the others answer or let this man introduce himself.

As Gawyn said. We are not supposed to have that information.
Glantri
player, 1752 posts
Mon 2 Jan 2017
at 02:54
  • msg #252

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

No one speaks up, and after what seems like ages of him staring at each of you he shakes his head.
"You all will have a lot to learn. Being a warder is not just about fancy blade work. Though I will teach you that.

Being a warder is a vigil. Against surprise, the unknown plots of the shadow, against anyone who would harm Aes Sedai. It is knowing when you must make sacrifices, and when not.

Now you either do not pay enough attention to uncover even the most lightly kept secrets, or you are too scared to tell me, or you're holding back on me.
The first, I will teach you to be ever vigilant and aware of such secrets.
The second, I will forge you into tougher stock, and teach you to ignore fear.
The third, I will not tolerate. I am  Coulin, the master of arms in the white tower. You are mine until you leave the tower, become a blademaster  or warder.

I've been given reports on each of your progress, but I would like to see for myself. Who will step into the ring with me first?"
Magnus
player, 2523 posts
Mon 2 Jan 2017
at 11:45
  • msg #253

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I step forward.
"I will Master Coulin.
Are we using the wooden practice weapons or the live steel practice weapons you where examining before?"
Glantri
player, 1753 posts
Mon 2 Jan 2017
at 13:51
  • msg #254

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Coulin smiles slightly,
"The time of using the wooden practice swords are over, from here on out we will teach you all to respect the weapons, and their edge."

Coulin moves smoothly into the ring, and draws his own sword. He waits patiently for you to take a sword and approach. When you do he shifts his feet slightly and takes a defensive stature and motions with his off hand for you to begin.
Magnus
player, 2526 posts
Mon 2 Jan 2017
at 18:16
  • msg #255

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I'll walk over to where the live steel practice swords are kept and pick one that is similar to my sword. I'll ask him

"Master Coulin, May I use two swords for this match?"

If he allows it, I'll pick up a short sword that resembles a wakizashi. And then calmly walk into the ring.

If not, I'll calmly walk into the ring.

I'm already in the Flame and the Void. So I'll enter my balanced stance and put a large amount of effort into parrying.

I'll perform some strikes to test his defense.
He is the Master at arms so he should be really good. Probably a Blademaster.
Glantri
player, 1756 posts
Mon 2 Jan 2017
at 21:24
  • msg #256

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

He nods at your question, "Bring what you feel best at."

Coulin makes no aggressive movement and waits for you to begin.

Your probing strikes are turned aside with practiced precision. After each strike, he seems to be in ready position noticeably before you. He still doesn't push the offensive, though.

His skill is definitely impressive, though you note his sword does not bear the heron, the mark of a Blademaster. You know better than you think that precludes it, but it does leave the question unanswered.
Magnus
player, 2528 posts
Tue 3 Jan 2017
at 00:12
  • msg #257

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Obviously he is better than me. Still, I have to give it my all!

I'll start to mix it up and be tricky.
Feign with one sword and then slash with the other one.
Go in for more than one strike, comboing the slashes.
Feign with one sword and follow though to a real strike.
All the while keeping some effort in reserve for parrying.
Then I'll rush in, Parrying the strike that he should use to ward me off. Or just simply wards off his sword with mine for a bit to get it out of the way. Then I'll engage in a grapple and try to isolate his sword.
This message was last edited by the player at 00:12, Tue 03 Jan 2017.
Glantri
player, 1758 posts
Tue 3 Jan 2017
at 00:19
  • msg #258

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

You mix up your strikes, and force him to delay slightly longer before deciding what to parry. This brings you much closer to even ground, most of the time each of you reaching a readied position at the same time.

I'm having trouble picturing how you're going to start a grapple with a sword in each hand though, even if you deflect his sword. Do you intend to drop your second sword to go in for this?
Magnus
player, 2529 posts
Tue 3 Jan 2017
at 00:29
  • msg #259

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Yes. I'll drop my second sword when I start the grapple. If I feel like I can isolate his sword with just my left arm and legs, I'll continue until ether he escapes or I get him to the ground.
I'll force us to move so that we don't land on my dropped sword and he doesn't steal it to use against me.
After a bit I'l drop my first sword and focus on grappling him to the ground and Stealing his sword.
This message was last edited by the player at 00:29, Tue 03 Jan 2017.
Glantri
player, 1759 posts
Tue 3 Jan 2017
at 00:34
  • msg #260

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

You move in to engage him in a grapple and slide his sword out to the side smoothly. It doesn't occur to you until a moment too late that it actually moves too freely, when you realize he's released his sword and grabbed your near wrist. You suddenly feel a jolt of pain as his elbow connects with your face, and he spins out of the attempted grapple, grabbing your smaller sword in the process.

When your vision clears after a second you see he has a grin on his face, not condescending, but enjoying the battle. After a moment he says,
"That should be enough, I have a good weigh of your worth. Well fought Eli, I look forward to training you."

He gives you a small bow, before handing your sword over, handle first. You see that you managed to graze him in the grapple exchange, as a small trickle of blood seeps down his sword arm.
Magnus
player, 2531 posts
Tue 3 Jan 2017
at 00:44
  • msg #261

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I accept the sword and bow back to him.
"It was a pleasure sparing with you. Master Coulin. I look forward to your training."

Then I'll return the practice swords and watch the other matches.
Glantri
player, 1761 posts
Tue 3 Jan 2017
at 00:51
  • msg #262

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

The remaining matches go very quickly. Among the recruits, only Galad and Gawyn perform roughly as well as you. Gawyn manages an offensive that manages to land a small cut as Coulin pommel bashes him, dazing him for a good minute. Galad meanwhile fights to a quasi stalemate. Coulin doesn't take any hits, or even get close, but also doesn't land any before calling it, similar to how he did with you. Galad was much more conservative in his approach, possibly as a strategic adaption after seeing every other fight (Galad went last)

Of note, at no point did Coulin use the sword as a sword. He pommel bashed, backhanded, threw people, and parried, but never slashed.

Coulin addresses everyone, "I would like everyone to take the next hour and to discuss the merits of the strategy you used, and what if anything would have been a better approach. You will not always be the most skilled combatant, but analyzing how to approach a more experienced duellist is critical."

He then moves away and begins talking with a warder who's at the periphery of the practice yard, another that you haven't seen until today. They seem to be appraising each trainee, and chatting.
Magnus
player, 2533 posts
Tue 3 Jan 2017
at 01:05
  • msg #263

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I address the others.
"Well. What do you think? I can't really see how I could have done better. Maybe if I when last and observed the fights I could have come up with something. As it was My best bet was to try and force the fight into something I have better odds with. As it was. He was obviously more skilled with the sword."
Glantri
player, 1763 posts
Tue 3 Jan 2017
at 01:13
  • msg #264

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Gawyn suggests, "Perhaps fair battle was not the proper avenue? Tricks such as kicking sand, while dishonorable, are effective."

Galad visibly dislikes this, "I was attempting to wear down his endurance, but he executes his manuevers with little effort. I do not like the idea of resorting to cheap tricks in training however. Perhaps weaponry that exploits his standard sword tactics? It was not an option but a halberd might be of use, though I suspect he would have just closed ranks too quickly."

Lod speaks up, "I think part of what made us lose so badly is our practice not being with live steel. I was afraid of hurting him if I tried to hard, which looking back is a ridiculous fear. It's also something we'll all have to get over."

Just about everyone nods at Lod's statement.
Magnus
player, 2535 posts
Tue 3 Jan 2017
at 01:25
  • msg #265

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

...I assumed that he would deflect whatever I threw at him with minimal injury.

"That Is sort of what I did Gawyn. I was trying to force him into a grappling match insteid of a sword match. Maybe a swordbreaker in my off hand would be good to catch his sword..."
Glantri
player, 1765 posts
Tue 3 Jan 2017
at 01:56
  • msg #266

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Rory says,
"Yeah, we all avoided even trying grappling after seeing that. If you weren't able to manage it we didn't have a chance."

Galad says "I haven't heard of swordbreakers being used except in the borderlands, and perhaps Tear. I honestly don't properly know how to use one, we might requisition a few for the training yard to be able to practice with..."
Magnus
player, 2537 posts
Tue 3 Jan 2017
at 09:26
  • msg #267

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"That might be a good Idea Galad. To be fair I haven't used one before ether.

Do we have any other thoughts?"
Glantri
player, 1767 posts
Wed 4 Jan 2017
at 03:50
  • msg #268

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

The others think for a few moments before shaking their heads.

Coulin hasn't returned yet however and still looks to be involved in conversation.
Magnus
player, 2538 posts
Wed 4 Jan 2017
at 04:10
  • msg #269

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"Well nothing left to do but wait then. My final thought is this. If you are hopelessly outclassed in one respect. The only way you are going to win is to do something completely unexpected and change the match into something you can win."

Then I'll wait for Master Coulin to come back
Glantri
player, 1768 posts
Sun 8 Jan 2017
at 18:22
  • msg #270

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

After several minutes Coulin comes back, and looks at you all,
"Well, what did you all come up with? What tactics would you change were you to have had the benefit of hindsight, and are they reasonable decisions or only ones that make sense having seen the outcome?"
Magnus
player, 2543 posts
Sun 8 Jan 2017
at 20:06
  • msg #271

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"Well, We had a few thoughts. My major thought is that if you find yourself outclassed in one respect, You need to shift the contest to one where you are more even or better than your opponent. Admittedly that is fairly obvious.

We also thought that the use of a swordbreaker would allow us better odds by trapping your blade. This one might be a reasonable decision beforehand. If you deprive a swordsman of his sword, He'll have to rely on his other skills. Even if he is a skilled unarmed combatant, it is still very dangerous to face an armed opponent while you are unarmed.

And if the need is dire enough to beat one that is more skilled than yourself. One can also resort to every dirty trick in the book. To catch him by surprise or blind him or disable him.
I wouldn't generally like that. But If it means being able to protect the one we swore to protect, Then I would resort to those tactics.
I guess that one can also be applied beforehand.

The others might have further thoughts."
Magnus
player, 2543 posts
Sun 8 Jan 2017
at 20:06
  • msg #271

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"Well, We had a few thoughts. My major thought is that if you find yourself outclassed in one respect, You need to shift the contest to one where you are more even or better than your opponent. Admittedly that is fairly obvious.

We also thought that the use of a swordbreaker would allow us better odds by trapping your blade. This one might be a reasonable decision beforehand. If you deprive a swordsman of his sword, He'll have to rely on his other skills. Even if he is a skilled unarmed combatant, it is still very dangerous to face an armed opponent while you are unarmed.

And if the need is dire enough to beat one that is more skilled than yourself. One can also resort to every dirty trick in the book. To catch him by surprise or blind him or disable him.
I wouldn't generally like that. But If it means being able to protect the one we swore to protect, Then I would resort to those tactics.
I guess that one can also be applied beforehand.

The others might have further thoughts."
Glantri
player, 1770 posts
Wed 11 Jan 2017
at 17:50
  • msg #272

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Everyone nods with you summary, while Coulin maintains a stonehard face. When you are done he nods briefly,
"Good. Very good. It appears the notes Ihvan and Thomas left me are roughly accurate.

We will have an hours rest, during which you will all rest and get water. After which we will continue with some form work.

Does anyone have any issues with the expectations I have laid out for you? Now is your only chance to voice them if so."

His eyes remind you of augurs, boring for answers.
Magnus
player, 2547 posts
Wed 11 Jan 2017
at 19:03
  • msg #273

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I turn my head to the side quizzically.

"Normally I wouldn't have any objections to that course of action. But the fact that you asked indicates that you are not telling us everything and wanted us to pick us on it. So what are we doing special with practicing the forms? Or am I looking too far into things?"
Glantri
player, 1773 posts
Wed 18 Jan 2017
at 17:49
  • msg #274

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Coulin's eye seem to appraise you for a moment before he responds. You get the distinct feeling of being weighed.

"Discipline. That is good. Were you a soldier before coming to the Tower?

Either way, some things can not be taught. You will learn, you all will. How painful the lesson will be is up to you all."
Magnus
player, 2549 posts
Wed 18 Jan 2017
at 20:07
  • msg #275

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

posting error
This message was last edited by the player at 22:21, Wed 18 Jan 2017.
Magnus
player, 2549 posts
Wed 18 Jan 2017
at 20:07
  • msg #275

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"No Master Coulin. I was not a soldier.

I wonder what we need to learn that can't be taught...I will see you in a hour, Master Coulin. Let's go get that water."

I'll go and get the water with the others.
Magnus
player, 2549 posts
Wed 18 Jan 2017
at 20:07
  • msg #275

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"No Master Coulin. I was not a soldier.

I wonder what we need to learn that can't be taught...I will see you in a hour, Master Coulin. Let's go get that water."

I'll go and get the water with the others.
Glantri
player, 1774 posts
Fri 20 Jan 2017
at 17:51
  • msg #276

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Everyone goes and gets water with you, though as a whole the group is abnormally quiet and contemplative.

When you get back to the training yard you see roughly 40 men, as young as mid teens up to mid thirties, but most are in the middle somewhere. Everyone is working the forms, to varying degrees of skill. Coulin is up front barking out forms to flow into, and the tempo seems to be building.
Magnus
player, 2556 posts
Fri 20 Jan 2017
at 20:43
  • msg #277

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I'll get into place and start working on the forms with the group.
Glantri
player, 1777 posts
Fri 27 Jan 2017
at 17:46
  • msg #278

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

You take a position and begin following the pattern of the forms Coulin is calling out. The tempo is just picking us as you start but rapidly becomes faster. He brings it to a constant level that you actually are struggling to maintain. Most of the time he's calling out the next move as you finish the previous, though maybe one in five times you aren't fast enough to execute the remainder of the previous move before having to shift.

It's a grueling work out, and he continues for hours, until the courtyard is lit only by pole lanterns. During the several hours, warders walk through the ranks, examining the students but not saying a word.

At the end Coulin gives a command of:
"Enough, go eat, sleep, and be back at dawn."

He then turns and walks away. Several of your group are panting and holding their knees in exhaustion, with Rory looking like he's having trouble holding down his food. You don't feel an awful lot better.  You notice several have bloodstains where they didn't execute some moves properly.
Magnus
player, 2558 posts
Fri 27 Jan 2017
at 18:16
  • msg #279

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

If it is early enough to reasonably expect Shemerin Sedai to sill be active, I will take the ones with injuries to her. Maybe she is having a class.

Afterward I will go get food, then go to Alanna Sedai for the ward and then go to sleep while doing the meditation exercise to go into the Dream World.
Glantri
player, 1779 posts
Sat 28 Jan 2017
at 19:08
  • msg #280

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

It's a few hours past when the last class would be held. You could lead them to find a healer, but it'll take some time and will be potentially imposing on an Aes Sedais evening hours. It would also shift when you see Alanna from roughy when she would expect to see you to potentially risking her being asleep. So getting healing for everyone is definitely something you can manage, you think, but it may take some time and have some costs in terms of inconvenience.
Magnus
player, 2561 posts
Sun 29 Jan 2017
at 00:33
  • msg #281

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Well, I've been bothering Alanna at odd hours so I'll just let them find their own Aes Sedai Healing.

I'll Eat, Head to Alanna Sedai Before she goes to bed and get that ward.
Then I'll go to sleep doing the meditation exercise.
Glantri
player, 1780 posts
Mon 30 Jan 2017
at 11:38
  • msg #282

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

You eat, and see Alanna about resetting your ward without a problem.

That night you drift to sleep, meditating to keep your mind active enough to enter the dreamworld. It seems to take longer to fall asleep but you eventual find yourself standing in the middle of the practice yard with no one around.
Magnus
player, 2563 posts
Mon 30 Jan 2017
at 12:22
  • msg #283

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Well. I should probably explore around and see what I find. But first,lets see if Archer is still within my soul and find out if I can purify him.

I turn my awareness to the inside of my soul like I did before. Is Archer still there? How is he doing?

Is it daylight now in the dream world now?
Glantri
player, 1782 posts
Mon 30 Jan 2017
at 17:48
  • msg #284

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

It is currently mid afternoon in the dream.

You focus inward on your soul and begin pealing back layers carefully until you get to where you shifted everything aside to fit Archer. There seems to be... something. Or perhaps an absence of something. There is indeed a spot hollowed out, but what is contained there seems to be resisting observation. It occurs to you it could also be the lack of anything, a void if you will, that is just confusing your inward sense. What is sure is that the place that you prepared for Archer is still there, regardless of what if anything it contains.
Magnus
player, 2565 posts
Mon 30 Jan 2017
at 21:43
  • msg #285

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

This is probably overkill but it is better to be safe than sorry.

I raise my hand to the sun and shout out "TAAIIYYOO!" And then burn the magic circle to summon the Solar Piledriver.

Then I'll form a silver coffin with the concept of it being blessed by Luna to contain Darkness within it.

Then I'll expell that void within me and force it into the coffin. Then I'll drag the coffin to the center of the magic circle and go to the proper icon to summon the piledrivers with the Shout of "TAAIIIYYOOO!!!"



The Piledrivers are blessed by Sol and Gaea to gather sunlight together and then fire a solar beam into the coffin to purify the being within.

Hopefully I don't have to fight Archer Alter physically. I'm expecting Him to launch swords at me to stop me from purifing him.

Once again I'll form a Daiklave to defend myself and make myself really Strong and Tough. So that I can survive a few hits
Glantri
player, 1784 posts
Wed 1 Feb 2017
at 17:44
  • msg #286

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

You create the coffin, and find keeping it solid takes a great deal of concentration, and even so waivers, fading in and out of existence.

You think you may be able to uphold it through your ritual, but you also get the feeling that the generators would add to the strain substantially.

Just wanted to give the information point before you were far enough into the ritual that you couldn't turn back.
Magnus
player, 2567 posts
Fri 3 Feb 2017
at 16:26
  • msg #287

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I start thinking, letting the coffin dissolve back into dreamstuff.

Hmmm... The problem is that the things I create have no Ontological Inertia. They stop existing when I stop concentrating on them. So where in fiction have I seen this before?

In OWoD Mage if you didn't put Quintessence into something you made, it would fade soon.
In Exalted, If a Fair Folk didn't use gossamer in making an item, it has no permanence and will unravel in Creation.
In the Nasuverse, Items made with Gradation Air are formed from raw mana, reproducing their materials and structure but fade because the World rejects their existence as a phantasm. Shirou improved the process with his Tracing. By also reproducing the items history he made the reproduced item better and made it last longer.

I could try using the mana I summon here... But it probably only exists as long as I'm thinking about it. Still worth a shot.

I could try making a Fair Folk Grace for myself. This resembles their Shaping combat. Except the things other people shape can kill you permanently. Still this place is technically a dream. And a Grace would make me VERY scary in a dream. But, I would become noticeably inhuman in my outlook if I made one.

I don't have a complete record of a coffin like Shirou does with his swords. In fact I would have to make the item's history up whole-cloth. Still I would be a very poor Roleplayer if I couldn't make up a believable and interesting backstory on short notice.

Ok. I'll Put mana into the coffin as I make it and weave it's story. Hopefully that will give it enough Ontological Inertia to last though the ritual.


So, I'll try and make the coffin again. This time weaving mana and it's story into it as I make it.

The Coffin was made one hundred years ago from Birch wood and Silver. The silver was mined in a mountain sacred to Luna and refined seven times by her priests. The birch was also cut down on the mountain Sacred to Luna. Birch is noted for it's magical purity. so it helps in a purification ritual. The Coffin was made from the birch and then covered with the seven fold purified silver. The silver was then covered with wards and symbols that bind Darkness within it. Then bless by Luna again to strengthen the wards again Darkness.

The coffin was used by Red Ringo, The Greatest vampire hunter of his world. He used it twice in the Purification ritual before he was killed by the Count of Groundsoaking Blood. Then it was used by Django, Ringo's son. He Purified the count in revenge then continued to purify three more Immortals of Darkness.

I'll hold this in my heart and convince myself that it is true. Because somewhere it is true, In the many many worlds of the Multiverse.
Glantri
player, 1786 posts
Fri 10 Feb 2017
at 03:21
  • msg #288

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

OOC)I just wanted to comment that I thought your post was particularly awesome. Getting around to it was simply a combination of I got insanely busy at work and longer posts require me to find time to sit down at my computer at home (something that hasn't happened in the past few weeks).

You begin weaving the image of the coffin, along with it's history into the fabric of the dreamworld. The coffin seems more real to you as you do so, and as you hold the image more firmly in your mind due to the depth of history you have given it.

When you shift your thoughts elsewhere you can tell the coffin still begins to unravel itself. It takes longer however, minutes as opposed to seconds, and the history seems to unravel first, and it's attention to detail next, with the coffin itself last.

You find you can also shift your mind to keep a certain part of it focused on maintaining the coffin, but it's tiring and brings about the beginings of a headache almost immediately.
Magnus
player, 2572 posts
Fri 10 Feb 2017
at 20:26
  • msg #289

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

After I tryvto maintain it to see how tiring it is, I'll carefully observe how the coffin unravels. Maybe I can figure out a way to tie off the metaphorical ends of the weave to prevent it from unravelling as quickly.

My brain is starting to get tied. I'll hold off on the purification ritual till tomorrow night. That way I can get advice tomorrow...if I can't pull off the ritual, I can teleport somewhere then expel it out then wake up.

I'll start exploring the tower and thinking about the history of a sword
Glantri
player, 1788 posts
Sun 12 Feb 2017
at 22:06
  • msg #290

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

You observe the coffin as it disappears and notice that it's most unique traits disappear first. It shifts from an object of crisp defined craftsmanship, to a well made coffin, to being almost as generic as can be. It mostly maintains it's presence for that but once it's become more general it fades into the surrounding, as the dreamworld reasserts what exists in the real world in its place.

You explore the tower, and find it mostly as you expect. The only thing that strikes you as odd is you see a woman in a fancy dress and Aes Sedai shawl for a few seconds before she fades away. You think she looked like one of the novices you've seen around the tower. You don't know her name though.

Are you looking for anything in particular? Or hoping to achieve a specific task with the history of the sword?
Magnus
player, 2575 posts
Tue 14 Feb 2017
at 00:27
  • msg #291

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

What color was that Novice's shawl? did she spot me?

The first thing I would do is check Susan, Egwene, Nynaeve, and Elatne's room to see if they made it into the dream world.

After that I'll go to where I think they keep the ter'angreal. They had a  ter'angreal for Dreamwalking. So they probably have other ter'angreal for other things. Since they are a big powerful magic faction. I'm planning on reading their history with structural analysis to see if I find out anything important.

Basically I'm considering the possible history of a sword and how it would affect the sword. Most of the histories I considered would be excellent against the darkness. I also consider the legendary deeds the sword might have performed and if I could replicate it here.
Glantri
player, 1790 posts
Wed 15 Feb 2017
at 17:45
  • msg #292

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

It was red fringed, and you don't believe so.

You don't find any of the women in their room, either they are elsewhere or didn't make it.

As to finding where the ter'angreal are stored, where are you planning to start? Outside the one Susan told you about, you don't know any that are used or where they are stored. And Susan only mentioned that she had access, not where it is.

Wandering around, you don't see any rooms that are obviously vaults however, if that's what you're looking for.

I think I may have failed to explain the magnitude of the white tower by the way, which is partially why I'm asking where you're starting to look. The tower is suited to hold roughly 3000 Aes Sedai, several hundred women training, and several rooms dedicated to ceremony or other things. It also strikes you that the tower is no where near max capacity in the current age. There are maybe 1000 Aes Sedai, and not all in the tower at any given time. There are also probably about 60 women training as well. Thought that would all help (or maybe not)
Magnus
player, 2577 posts
Thu 16 Feb 2017
at 17:19
  • msg #293

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I knew the White Tower was big but I didn't know it was that big. Although I do find it odd that there is so few Aes Sedai compared to how many the Tower can hold.

Anyway, If I was building a vault for magical treasure, I would put it into the basement because the vault would be safer down there.

Therefor I'll head down to the basement and look around.
Glantri
player, 1792 posts
Mon 20 Feb 2017
at 18:18
  • msg #294

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

You explore for a while, and find a way down into the basement floors. The stairs descend three flights below the first floor. I'll be referring to them as B1, B2 and B3 for convenience. B3 is the deepest.

B1 appears to hold small living quarters and maintenance supplies. You suspect the floor is dedicated for any cooks or servants that elect to live in the tower.

B2 has several jail cell like rooms. From the dreamworld you can't tell if they are inhabited. There are however a large number, you estimate they could hold 100 prisoners easily.  All the cells have irons barrs and doors.

B3 is much deeper than B1 and B2, having several floors worth of descent between B2 and B3. For that it is the smallest room by far. There are 6 stone cells here, carved out of the rock and with incredibly thick iron doors.
Magnus
player, 2580 posts
Mon 20 Feb 2017
at 19:56
  • msg #295

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I'll scan some of the cell doors in B3 with Structural Analyst. I'll use a bit more mana than I did before to see if I can het more of the history that way.

I'm guessing that this is where they hold the False Dragons and other male channelers until they Gentle them.

Well. That didn't work out. Let's try it from the top.

I'll go back up to ground floor and go outside. Then I'll imagine myself flying up to the top of the Tower on whings of mana and light.
Glantri
player, 1794 posts
Sat 25 Feb 2017
at 20:00
  • msg #296

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

You pour some extra mana into it and feel your connection with the dreamworld attenuate somewhat. Your analysis works however, and you feel the cell's history. They were used for holding people sentenced for stilling or gentling by the hall of the tower, and are perhaps more ceremonial than anything. The true restraints are the two Aes Sedai who are always tasked with overseeing the cell's inhabitant until the day of judgment.

You get the feeling that you went back several hundred years to gain that knowledge, and that the further you go back in time the harder the analysis ends up being. The A'Dam that you examined existed for less than a hundred years, and was far far easier to analyze.

Once you finish you feel your connection with the dream world restrengthen, though not to the same strength you are used to when you first arrive in a night.

------

You go outside and fly up to look at the tower from outside without trouble, and it works as you say. (Going to try and post a picture of what it looks like from far above, give me a bit to figure this out. First time I tried I lost this post and had to retype it.)

Edit:Not figuring out how to imbed the image, I know you mentioned how before and I'll try and look that up. But in the mean time, you get a view similar to this link.


This message was last edited by the player at 17:49, Wed 01 Mar 2017.
Magnus
player, 2584 posts
Sun 26 Feb 2017
at 22:31
  • msg #297

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Just as I thought. I'll have to explore that connection to the Dreamworld though.
------------
I'll land on top of the tower and start exploring downward. Gust looking around and seeing what I find.

OOC: Sometimes its a bit finicky. Here is the code.
<img src="">
Place the URL in the quotes.  it's somewhat finicky with the case of the code. So make sure you type it like that.
Glantri
player, 1797 posts
Wed 1 Mar 2017
at 17:56
  • msg #298

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

OOC) Awesome. Thank you.

You land on the top of the tower and begin looking around. The roof is clearly designed primarily as a vantage point to survey the surrounding as opposed to defensive in nature. Which when you think of it makes sense with the shear height of the tower.

There is a single trapdoor down, which when you take down leads to a series of corridors similar to many that you've seen at the base level. You start exploring and see that the rooms seem to be residences. It's hard to say whether they are occupied due to the natural empty appearance of the dreamworld.

What are your priorities on how you are exploring? A complete room by room search would take an immeasurable time, way more than you have in a single night before you would naturally wake.
Magnus
player, 2586 posts
Thu 2 Mar 2017
at 16:34
  • msg #299

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I'm basically taking a quick look into each room to see if I spot anything interesting or that needs investigation. That should be quicker than searching each and every room.

OOC: No problem. I also figured out how to make text based maps so that rpol doesn't mess up the formatting.
Glantri
player, 1798 posts
Mon 6 Mar 2017
at 22:45
  • msg #300

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

You dart through the top floor of the tower and manage to peak inside every room before moving on. The rooms are all largely the same, a pattern of a small receiving area, with a few bookshelves, an occasional portrait, and a bedroom off to the side.

You get about half way through the next floor, with similar rooms. These rooms are all just a bit smaller, tending to have two bookshelves instead of three or four and none having much decoration. They all feel empty, but its hard to tell based on the reflection in the dreamworld.

Around that time you feel yourself waking up, as sunlight is coming in through a window. You feel very tired, having not gotten much rest through the night. It's slightly past when you would normally get up but not quite enough to force you to be late, unless you try and get a little extra rest.
Magnus
player, 2593 posts
Tue 7 Mar 2017
at 08:15
  • msg #301

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I force myself up and get ready. Then I'll head to where I need to meet Master Coulin.

I need to talk to Susan today for advice. I hope I can talk to her.
Glantri
player, 1800 posts
Thu 16 Mar 2017
at 17:06
  • msg #302

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

You force yourself up and feel your muscles responding slowly. There is a dull ache to them, which fades only slightly after you get started moving.

Master Coulin is waiting when you and several other trainees arrive, and waits in silence a few moments while the majority of the trainees fall in.

"Over the next few days you will all be assigned a warder to follow for one on one training. It is your responsibility to find one willing to accept you as their charge. I expect everyone to have one by weeks end." (Weeks end is 4 days away)

He then motions to the practice yard and begins calling out forms as soon as people take their positions. It starts at a pace you can barely safely hold and is increasing with tempo. Do you intend to try and keep tempo or give up early?

When in your day do you want to find Susan? You have form work for the morning and lessons in the evening, of unknown amount of time. You have an hour for lunch, and know Susan often takes her lunch either in the garden, the dining halls, or in her room or one of her friends rooms. You can also attempt to find her after your evening lessons, though they occasionally run late enough that she is asleep before you are out.
Magnus
player, 2599 posts
Thu 16 Mar 2017
at 20:31
  • msg #303

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I'll push myself to try to keep up the pace. The warder that I get will depend on who I impress. I need to get the best I can so I will not let Susan down later.

I'll try to see Susan at lunch. If I don't see her I'll try after my lessons.
This message was last edited by the player at 17:18, Sat 18 Mar 2017.
Glantri
player, 1803 posts
Mon 27 Mar 2017
at 16:58
  • msg #304

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

You push yourself hard and the void aids you. In the full embrace of the flame and the void your weariness feels less. You believe you have reached a new peak in centering yourself this way.

With its aid, you flow through the forms nearly as well as you would expect to had you slept well. You think you very well might outshine every other trainee today if it wasn't for your sleep deprivation. As is, only Galad and Gawyn seem to be putting up better results.

Almost as if to affirm your thoughts that you have reached a new level with the flame and the void, you feel a softly glowing light off in the distance of the void. The void normally is cold and empty, yet the light seems to be trying to fill it with radiance. It's not much,  but it is there for a moment. Afterwards it disappears.

Do you have preferences on special skills for the warder who trains you to have? I'll be rolling GE rolls to create a pool for you to choose from, and would like to influence it based on your preference.
Magnus
player, 2605 posts
Mon 27 Mar 2017
at 20:55
  • msg #305

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

When the soft light occurs in the Flame and the Void I can't help but think

What was that? Enlightenment?

I almost chuckle at the pun. I'll examine the feeling as it occurs

OOC: right now I would be aiming for the best I could get. Wich would probably be Master Coulin. Otherwise one with a two weepon style that can improve my two weapon style would be good. Archery and survival would be useful. I would also like some more unusual skills. Like... blocking a blade with your skin. I could discuss it a bit more when I get home.
Glantri
player, 1805 posts
Tue 28 Mar 2017
at 16:44
  • msg #306

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

OOC) that gives me a good starting place.

You probe the glow with an extension of your will and momentarily feel a surge of heat before it seems to slip through your fingers. You get a feeling of vastness at the contact, and of danger.

It seems to ebb and flow in a rhythm and you almost think that it is beckoning you to grab hold of it.
Magnus
player, 2608 posts
Tue 28 Mar 2017
at 20:54
  • msg #307

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I'm guessing that the glow felt good?
This sounds suspiciously similar to what they described as using the One Power. I'll let the feeling pass without trying to grasp it. I continue with the training aware of the danger I narrowly avoided.
Glantri
player, 1807 posts
Wed 29 Mar 2017
at 16:41
  • msg #308

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

It felt as if it promised everything good in the world, so yes, but it also felt like holding it would make the brush you felt feel like nothing.

Letting the feeling pass is somewhat challenging. You have reached a deeper resonance with the flame and the void,  where this glow subsides. You could purposely synchronize with the flame and the void style less which would make the glow disappear but would also make you not perform as elegantly when flowing through the forms during this practice. Perhaps badly enough that you could falter and hurt yourself or have to stop prematurely (the tempo is very fast by this point, many students having already stopped, but not all.)

Alternatively you could stay at this level of resonance and try to exert enough willpower to ignore the glow, and it's sirens call to grab it. It is very tantalizing though, and tough to imagine ignoring for long.
Magnus
player, 2610 posts
Thu 30 Mar 2017
at 12:24
  • msg #309

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

So it's ether let the glow exist and help me perform these forms. or stop it and have to quit.
I do need to make a good impression to the Warder that I will be assigned to.

I steel my will to ignore the siren call for as long as I can. Once I feel that I can't go on without grasping the power. I'll stop and reduce my resonance to the Flame and the Void.

Hopefully I'll hold out long enough to stop with Galad and Gawyn

(... This is probably a bad idea. The Red sisters can probably sense me touching the One Power.)
Glantri
player, 1809 posts
Tue 4 Apr 2017
at 16:52
  • msg #310

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

You ride the razors edge, gleaning all the advantage you can by skirting as close to the glow as your will allows. You manage to maintain this for what feels like hours. Eventually only you, Galad and Gawyn are continuing (even the other recruits have stopped.)

Coulin calls of a finishing series and bows to the three of you. "You three, go get cleaned up and have the rest of the day to rest. Meet me at dinner time."

He then motions the rest to fall in.

You notice Galad and Gawyn are both drenched in sweat and Gawyn has a small cut across one leg. You are likewise nearly immeasurably tired and sweating. Without the aid of the void, at least the lesser level of it, you feel you might collapse.
Magnus
player, 2617 posts
Tue 4 Apr 2017
at 17:13
  • msg #311

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I'll let my attunment to the Flame and the Void fall to a lesser level, one without the temptation to grasp the One Power. I'm still maintaining the Flame and the Void to prevent me from falling on my face.

I'll follow Galad and Gawyn to get cleaned up. A long soak to relax sounds like a good idea. But falling asleep in the tub would be a bad idea. Afterwards I'll eat and go see Susan.
Glantri
player, 1810 posts
Thu 6 Apr 2017
at 16:15
  • msg #312

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Both brothers are wearing fatigues grins, and Gawyn has an aura of pride about him as you all walk to the baths to get cleaned off. No one really speaks, which suits your exhaustion.

After a relaxing soak, where a good deal of will goes to not drifting off you head off to see Susan. You are still sustaining the void, and while it's keeping fatigue away you can feel it building. You suspect they are not dangerous levels of fatigue yet, but you are already dreading letting go of the void.

You find Susan easily when she's picking up her meal and she waves to you and starts heading over.
Magnus
player, 2621 posts
Thu 6 Apr 2017
at 18:17
  • msg #313

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I smile when I see Susan. Letting that emotion slip past the Flame.

I walk over to met her
"It's good to see you Susan. I have the rest of the day off except for dinner which I have to met with Master Coulin. Let's eat lunch together in your room"

I assume she agrees so I'll get my lunch and met her in her room.

"Sorry about earlier Susan. I'm forced to stay in the Flame and the Void just to keep going through my fatigue. I would probably collapse if I drop it now. Now that I think about it we should have gotten Nynaeve so that you could cast that ward. Actually the others might need to hear this too... this has to do with Min's Reading"

I'll let Susan decide if we should get the others before telling the tell to whoever we gather.

I had another trip to the Dream World last night. I don't rest well at all when I go there. The dream wasn't anything major. I sensed a hole in me where I put Archer Before. I couldn't sense anything in the hole. Thinking that Archer fell to the Nightmare we fought before. I tried to prepare a purification ritual to save him, whatever he is. But the things in the Dream World fade if you don't concentrate on them. So I was forced to conclude that the ritual would split my concentration too many ways. Then I experimented with making things and explored the White tower.

This is my minor concern. That place I made for Archer within my soul stayed around between dreams. My guess is that a fragment of the nightmare is festering there. My plan is, The next time I sleep, I will transport myself in the Dream World to somewhere uninhabited, expel it from me and then kill it. So that it doesn't attack anyone else. If it is too much for me... then I will escape to the waking world. I wanted to hear all your advice on this though."

I'll let the conversation occur for that before continuing.

"Anyway, As I said before. You get terrible sleep if you go to the Dream World. Almost like you haven't slept at all. Therefore this morning I went into training that Tired. Master Coulin said that we had the Weekend to find a warder to train us individually.  Then He tested Us. Faster and faster through the Sword forms. The Warder we would get depends on who we impress. Faster and Faster through the Sword forms. Other Trainees give up. My tiredness makes Me want to give up. But I refused.  Faster and Faster through the Sword forms. I sank deeper into the Flame and the Void than I ever did before. Then a faint light appeared in the Void illuminating it. I feel it. It felt good and promising all the good things in the world. It allowed me to work though my fatigue, allowed me to keep up with Galad and Gawyn despite being so tired. I recognized it for what it was. I did not grasp it despite the temptation. I rode a razors edge letting this light help me but not grasping it. Until only Galad, Gawyn and I where left. Then he told Us to stop. I think we impressed him. If the Red sisters don't get me first, I think he want's us to train with him."
This message was last edited by the player at 19:15, Thu 06 Apr 2017.
Glantri
player, 1812 posts
Fri 7 Apr 2017
at 16:57
  • msg #314

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Smiling is easy in the void, it's mechanical after all and the void aids your mechanical movement. You suspect the smile came out cold however, it's just not possible to infuse actions with emotions while distancing yourself from any of them so completely. Even your voice has a cold emotionless tinge to it when firmly in the void.

Susan agrees to eat in her room, and leads you off to the nearest stairwell towards the novice quarters. She's quiet and seems nervous on the walk.

------

Once in her room and you begin she breathes a sigh of relief as you mention that you are still holding the void, and immediately tries to cover up her relief as she goes back to listening to you. She nods along but comments,
"Nynaeve, Egwene and Elayne are all doing penance in the kitchen, scrubbing pots. We won't be able to get them until very late tonight and I believe Min is having lunch with a sister who had some questions for her. So perhaps it's best for you to tell me, even if some has to be repeated tonight or another day."

-------

She winces at your tales of the dreamworld and replies "Please do be careful Eli. You are so far past the rest of us there, but you could get in some serious trouble..."

Her eyes are filled with love and concern.

"How is that the small concern though..." and she goes back to listening.

-------

Her eyes go wide when you mention the glowing light and your experience that morning.

"Did you actually embrace it? I suspect you are ok if no one has come down upon you yet, that sort of thing would be reacted to swiftly here I imagine. I don't know exactly how they would tell now that I think of it... I've never heard a sister Say they can sense such things, and they may want the world oblivious to the actual limits. Then again it's not a common conversation piece.

I hope I don't have to mention this, but you need to be careful about it. I wouldn't try exploring it while here, or really until it fulfills Mins viewing... but I don't know how you'll know when that is... you don't believe in living a simple life do you?"
Magnus
player, 2626 posts
Sat 8 Apr 2017
at 03:00
  • msg #315

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"... I suppose that I wouldn't have minded a quiet life if I was still back at my home world. Doing a job that I nether hated or liked. The only sense of adventure gained from the games I played. Then again I didn't have a choice back then... I must be crazy. I actually like this Ta'veren business. Nothing would be able to convince me to trade it and go back to my home world. For one, I would never have met you back there. For another thing I can actually make a difference here.
I'm sorry I made you worry back there with my cold smile.
The Flame and the Void is apparently a meditation technique like your Flower that grows into the One Power. Or maybe I just got enlightened from using it. I was lucky that you told me about channeling before so that I noticed the parallels. And stop myself from going to far. I think I came close but did not touch the Source. I'll just have to limit my attunment to the flame and the void from now on so that I don't go that deep. I'm going to release the Flame and the Void now. If I pass out, please wake me up."

Then I release the Flame and the Void. Then I try to stay awake though my fatigue. Resting and relaxing without going to sleep.
Glantri
player, 1815 posts
Sat 8 Apr 2017
at 10:21
  • msg #316

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

She nods along and smiles when you mention meeting her, which turns into a slight blush when you mention your cold smile from earlier.

Based on the level of fatigue you are feeling, you don't think there is a question on if you will pass out should you release the void. It's dangerously close at this point to you passing out while holding the void, and whatever would happen if you did that occurring. I wasn't sure if the certainty changes what you say.

To a lesser certainty, your not sure you could be woken reasonably and kept awake if you do pass out. At least not immediately.
Magnus
player, 2629 posts
Sat 8 Apr 2017
at 15:21
  • msg #317

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

It does change my last two sentences.
"...normally I would release the void and relax with you. But I will pass out if I do it now. I need to ask someone to wake me before dinner. Because I am going to need to sleep."

I tilt my head to the side quizzically.
"You blushed before when I mentioned the cold smile. Why is that?"
Glantri
player, 1818 posts
Sat 8 Apr 2017
at 16:28
  • msg #318

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"I will find time to come and make sure you're awake before dinner. You can't really explain why you are so exhausted to everyone anyway."

When you mention her blush she deflects, "That's not really important, you really should get some rest though before you cause yourself harm."
Magnus
player, 2630 posts
Sat 8 Apr 2017
at 16:35
  • msg #319

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"... You know that you can tell me anything. It's the least I could do after you listen to all of my problems. But I will drop it if you say so.

Thanks for your help. I don't know what I would do without you."

I'll eat and head to my bed after the conversation.
Glantri
player, 1819 posts
Sun 9 Apr 2017
at 11:39
  • msg #320

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"I know that Eli. It really is nothing though. Let's stay together forever, so you don't have to find out what you'd do without me." She says this and gives you a beaming smile filled with warmth.

Susan had grabbed enough food to share with you, so I was assuming you were eating while talking. But either way, after you eat you make your way to your bed and lay down. When you release you void fatigue smashes into you like a sledgehammer and an incredible amount of pain floods your body as it realizes exactly what it's been through this morning on next to no rest. You have a few seconds where the pain actually keeps you awake before you pass out.

Are you looking to just get restful sleep or are you making any attempts to enter the dreamworld?
Magnus
player, 2633 posts
Sun 9 Apr 2017
at 17:00
  • msg #321

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I nod.
"That would be Good Susan. Let's do that."

The point of doing this was to get some actual rest. I'm making no attempt to go to the Dream World.
Glantri
player, 1822 posts
Sun 9 Apr 2017
at 18:00
  • msg #322

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

You sleep a deep and dreamless sleep and are eventually nudged awake by a smiling Susan. "Wake up sleepy. You have half an hour before you have to be at dinner. I have to run now, I barely was able to find time to wake you before I'm supposed to meet with Alanna Sedai for a lesson. Have a good dinner."

And she rushes out of the room.

You're still tired, and wish you could sleep more, but it's now more just how you might feel after a long night out on the town. Your muscles ache from the morning, but don't require the void. And perhaps best of all, there's no sign that red sisters are after you currently based on Susan's cheer.

How would you like to prepare for the dinner? What will you be wearing? Are you bringing your sword? Do you want to meet with Galad and Gawyn before hand or meet them there?
Magnus
player, 2635 posts
Sun 9 Apr 2017
at 18:28
  • msg #323

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I would wear the nice dress cloths I got from Fal Dara. Since the dress cloths are designed to have it I would wear my sword with them.

Getting dressed is really the only preparation I need. I would generally keep my hair really short. (About a quarter inch all over my head.) One so I don't need to bother with it except for washing it. And two, so nobody can grab my hair in a fight to get an advantage over me.

Anyway, I'll get dressed and met with Galad and Gawyn before dinner. In case they though of something that I forgot.
Glantri
player, 1824 posts
Mon 10 Apr 2017
at 02:25
  • msg #324

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

You meet up with Galad and Gawyn, who are both dressed in their finery and wearing their swords. You note that Galads clothing bears a sigil of a winged silver sword facing downwards and Gawyn bears a charging white boar embroidered into his tunic.

Both smile at you when they see you an wave. Gawyn says "Ah, Eli. Excellent timing. We were just about to head off for dinner. Where have you been hiding all day?" He walks beside you as you walk and talk on your way to meet Coulin.
Magnus
player, 2637 posts
Mon 10 Apr 2017
at 06:34
  • msg #325

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I'll walk with them to dinner.
"I've been relaxing on my own. I Think Master Coulin was impressed with us."
Glantri
player, 1826 posts
Mon 10 Apr 2017
at 16:31
  • msg #326

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Galad nods at that, "I suspect that no one was intended to finish that circuit. I've seen warders stop at less. Well not many but the weakest of the lot. Be wary that none of us let it go to our heads however, it would be improper."

------

After a short while you find yourself in one of the private dining rooms. The meal laid out is of good quality, generally what you expect the sisters to be eating more than you expect for the warders or novices or accepted. Along one wall is a large map of the known world. You suspect this room functions as a war room if need be.

Coulin smiles as the three of you enter and gives a small bow or acknowledgement. "I'm glad you all could make it. I would like to get to know the motives the three of you have for being at the tower to train. But no need to hold up the food, it's currently hot."

With that he pulls up a seat and nods for the three of you to do the same.

After a few moments,
"What I want to know is how far each of you plan to take this. Do you plan to be a warder, should a sister choose you? It's a heavy burden and not to be taken lightly. Or perhaps you are here to train to be a swordsmaster. You each have the talent, give me a few years and I could have you ready to wear the heron. 5 at the longest. You would be some of the youngest swordsmasters in history. Or perhaps noble life has just been boring to the three of you and you wanted a challenge?"

He's staring at each of you with a deep penetrating gaze.
"I think I'll hear from you first Eli."
Magnus
player, 2639 posts
Mon 10 Apr 2017
at 17:20
  • msg #327

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I nod to him
"I'm here for one reason Master Coulin.
I'm training to become the Warder for Susan Eila. I been with her since before she came to Tar Valon to be trained as a Aes Sedai. We love each other... Therefore I am going to become the best Warder that I can possibly be. I would gladly train hard enough to become a Swordmaster for her."
Glantri
player, 1828 posts
Mon 10 Apr 2017
at 22:15
  • msg #328

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

He smiles and nods,
"Love is a noble motivation, but can also be exploited. Always guard against being caught unaware because of it."

He then turns to Galad, who answers,
"I strive to become a blade master, so that I can bring justice to those who need it. I would bear the burden of being a warden for one in need, should the proper situation arises, and I would not want to be ill prepared in such a case."

Coulin nods at Galads comment but doesn't have a comment of his own before turning to Gawyn, who responds fervently,
"I am duty bound to master the sword and protect my sister, Elayne Trakand, daughter heir. It is my duty as first prince of the sword. My blood shed before hers, my death before hers, this I swore."

Coulin seems to think for a moment before replying, "very well. I normally choose the best swordsman of any given class and give them the opportunity to be my pupil. Normally no one passes the test from today however. I have decided to offer my services to the three of you, should you choose to accept. I caution you that I train my pupils hard and will not tolerate idiocy, neither from over confidence or lack of thought. Further, I fear my knowledge is fairly specific. I know the blades, well really all the weapons in the training yard, and several more. I do not know more than the average warder in terms of high diplomacy, wilderness survival or like skills. With me your training will be aimed to have you be the most formidable opponent possible, while also training you in the expectations placed on warders."
Magnus
player, 2642 posts
Tue 11 Apr 2017
at 03:21
  • msg #329

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I'll respond to his first comment with
"I'll keep that in mind Master Coulin."

I'll respond to Coulin.
"It is a simple choice then. Training with you would make me the most formidable combatant that I can be. If I need to learn Wilderness Survival or diplomacy beyond what you will teach, I can learn them later. I'll accept your offer to be one of your pupils"
Glantri
player, 1830 posts
Wed 12 Apr 2017
at 16:23
  • msg #330

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Galad simply nods and states his acceptable, "I accept your kind offer Master Coulin."

Gawyn seems to think for a while before responding, "I know that trainees are often sent out of the tower with their mentor for extended periods of time. I however must stay near Elayne to fulfill my duty. Conditional that your tutorage allows for that, within reason, I also accept."

He smiles at the last part and nods, "I stay in the tower more than most, due to being master of arms. I am glad the three of you have all agreed. Please, enjoy the meal. Tomorrow begins a new level of training and I expect nothing short of absolute dedication."

And he resumes eating, though he seems to be contemplating something. He has an aura of someone who is always planning
Magnus
player, 2647 posts
Wed 12 Apr 2017
at 17:23
  • msg #331

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Ill eat in silence too. Contemplating my own plan.

Next time I now I have a day off, I can dive into the Dream World the night before. Then I'll face that Nightmare... Maybe I can make someone to help... If they have their own mind they can assert that they exist in the Dream World...hmmm...

I don't really have anything planned until I can go into the Dream World again without appearing odd. Although I do need to talk to the others when the opportunity presents itself.
This message was last edited by the player at 06:53, Thu 13 Apr 2017.
Glantri
player, 1832 posts
Thu 13 Apr 2017
at 16:45
  • msg #332

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

The others also finish in silence and depart after a series of exchanged bows.

If you want, you can talk to the others yet that night. Susan mentioned they would be working the pots until it was bedtime, but there is not an enforced curfew. If you want you could prevail upon them to make time to talk with you before going to sleep.

That is for Egwene, Nynaeve and Elayne. Min is much easier to find time with and it can be immediately after your dinner if you choose. Since Min neither is training to be Aes Sedai nor a warder, she has a lot of free time. She often watches the warder training classes or enjoys the garden on nice days, and is often found in the library on the other days.
Magnus
player, 2650 posts
Thu 13 Apr 2017
at 17:15
  • msg #333

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I'll go to Allana Sedai first for the ward. Then I'll go talk to Min.

Then I'll wait and talk to the others when they are done. I'll probably talk to Susan while I wait for the others.
Glantri
player, 1834 posts
Sat 15 Apr 2017
at 13:18
  • msg #334

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Alanna Sedai is in her quarters when you look for her. She greets you warmly and comments that she has heard good things from her warders about you. She also casually mentions it'll be a great honor for you to train along the master of the blades. Other than that the warding goes as you have come to expect.

You find Min walking back to the novice quarters having apparently just finished a late dinner. She smiles as waves to you and says "Good evening Eli. You look well, did you have a good day?"

It doesn't occur to you until she mentions it, but you feel very good. More well rested than your sleep accounted for.
Magnus
player, 2655 posts
Sat 15 Apr 2017
at 18:44
  • msg #335

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I smile and thank Alanna for the ward and the good comments from her Warders.

I'll respond to Min with
"Better than what I would have expected from my dream last night... I Managed to impress Coulin, Master of the Blades. lets go somewhere private. I need to talk to you about something destiny related."

I assume she leads me somewhere private.

"Last night I was in the Dream World. Ended up exploring the White Tower and experimenting with making things. Anyway, when I go to the Dream World, my sleep is terrible. Almost like I don't get any sleep at all.

I went into training this morning while I was that tired. A test where master Coulin calls out forms faster and faster to see how long you last. It was only the Flame and the Void that allowed me to perform at all. But I refused to give up. And when deeper into the Flame and the Void. Deeper than anyone else. A light appeared in the void and filled it with light. It felt good and kept my fatigue away enough for me to perform as well as Galad and Gawyn. I'm lucky I recognized it for what it was and didn't grasp it.

It looks like your viewing will be fulfilled one way or another. I complained that I don't know how to access it. Now I do less than a week later. Luckily, I'm not stupid enough to experiment with it here."
Glantri
player, 1836 posts
Sun 16 Apr 2017
at 00:10
  • msg #336

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

She nods, face suddenly serious and motions for you to follow. She takes you straight to Susans room, where she knocks and then walks in without waiting for a response.

She turns to Susan and asks her to place a ward, then turns to you and hears you out.

Min keeps her face schooled as you tell your story, but a little worry creeps in as you mention the light. It seems to fade immediately when you say you managed to avoid grasping it however, and her face quickly becomes passive again and difficult to read.

"There are more dangerous implications than the risks of trying to learn here Eli. I saw that you will die before something important, something that you are supposed to do, happens. If you embrace for the first time too early that is. I saw two distinct instances where the pattern, where Rand, needs you. You will save someone who in turn will save Rand's life, the first time you wield the source. And you will be involved in a monumental struggle, alongside Rand and 3 others. Should you fail to save the first person, I do not know your fate, I haven't seen that branch, but I do know that the Dark One will prevail. Should you learn too early, you will not be at the conflict and the Dark One will prevail, and I suspect you will have gone mad before that point... I'm truly sorry that I don't know more Eli, I know how useless this gift is half the time... If it's any solace, your destiny seems to hold more choices than most. Most visions are of what will happen, there is no choice, there is no question. If I see a man and a woman will marry, they will. This type of vision is exceedingly rare."

and with that you notice she's rambled this entire time, and she flings herself down on a chair and pours herself some wine.
Magnus
player, 2657 posts
Sun 16 Apr 2017
at 02:47
  • msg #337

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"...My home world didn't really have destiny. At least one that wasn't readily apparent. Sure, Some people would like to think there is destiny. And they put a great emphasis on fortunate coincidences. I never did like the Idea of destiny. I always thought that your choices should control your fate.

It's a rather weird position for me when the Wheel weaves a destiny for me. May be my nature as something from another world bleeds through so the destiny had choices. Or maybe Ta'veren have that in common. Did Rand, Matt and Perrin have similar choices in their destiny?"

I will let the conversation from that die down before continuing on a new subject.

"When I dreamed last night I noted that the place I put Archer is still there and I can't sense anything in it. I tried to set up a purification ritual to try to save him. But I determined that I couldn't maintain concentration on all the ritual elements. This lead to me experimenting with making things to see how to make them last longer. The thing I found out was that giving the item a history causes it to last longer because the history is extra details that have to unravel before the item it's self unravels. Then I got bored and explored the White Tower. I saw a novice in there briefly. Before she disappeared.

So my thought is. I put Archer in that 'pocket' within my soul. He probably succumbed to the Nightmare. Therefore he is dangerous to leave in there because of the risk of seepage and corruption.

Therefore The next time I go into the Dream world, I am going to move out somewhere to fight.  Then force the pocket out and fight the result. This is going to be dangerous.

I've thought about how to increase my odds. Items I spawn take My will to maintain and I can only maintain a few. So how does one make something that would maintain it's self in the Dream world. It requires a separate mind and will. Making a mind and a will separate from my own would be equivalent to making a separate being. I'm not sure I can do it. But I have a theory as to how it could work.

Making the being's personality,history appearance and abilities. Copying aspects of myself over to be it's mind and will. It's kit-bashed. But it might work.

Then again it could also be dangerous to me based on how the metaphysics of the creation play out. If I make it completely separate from me, it is under no obligation to obey.

But. If there is a connection. That is a route that corruption can flow into me. Especially if I end up manifesting an aspect of myself. Or it Might have some side effects."
Glantri
player, 1838 posts
Sun 16 Apr 2017
at 16:53
  • msg #338

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Min looks at you oddly, "No sense of destiny? That seems odd, but I suppose speaking about what's odd is all relative...

As to Rand, Matt and Perrin, well yes around Rand. I haven't really spent much time around Matt or Perrin and I don't always see the images, or always know what they mean."

Susan is staying oddly quiet and seems to be listening intently while also focusing on her ward. You've seen people weave wards before, and it hasn't required constant attention.

---------

When you start talking about your plans in the dreamworld Susan relaxes her focus on the ward and looks at you with concern, "Eli, creating a sentient being... I don't know as much as you do about the dreamworld, I really know next to nothing about it, but from what you've said it seems to resist too large of a change from being a reflection of this world. That would be a much larger change... I mean you can do things that I wouldn't even dream of attempting in there, but it scares me."

At that time the door slams open and Nynaeve walks in grumbling to herself, "Susan you won't believe what that ... that..." Nynaeve takes a deep breath but still looks incredibly angry "what that woman put Elayne and me to doing. Those pans couldn't have seen attention since the creation of the tower." Nynaeve then notices you and turns bright red and snaps "Why did no one tell me that Eli was here? What are you doing here anyway?"
Magnus
player, 2659 posts
Sun 16 Apr 2017
at 18:37
  • msg #339

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I was about to respond to susan when Nynaeve slams the door open.

I can't help but snark at that display and question.

"Well, Coming in without knocking and slamming the door open generally preclude asking who is in a room before you come in. As for way I am here, I'm telling them news about the Dream World and Min's viewing. Are Elayne and Egwene with you? I would like to have you all together before I tell my tale again. "
Glantri
player, 1840 posts
Mon 17 Apr 2017
at 00:41
  • msg #340

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Nynaeve looks like she's about ready to shout when Elayne comes in from behind, having clearly walked quickly, "Eli, perhaps you could give us ten minutes or so to freshen up and we could meet you. I'm sure we can bring Egwene as well to wherever is convenient to meet." She has a warm smile to her, though she is visibly dirty from cleaning pans and you note that she has her hand on Nynaeve's elbow. Nynaeve meanwhile looks like she's barely biting back words and seems to be in a truly foul mood.

Susan meanwhile is smirking in the corner, and if you had to guess is barely suppressing a laugh. She covers it up pretty quickly however when she sees you've noticed.
Magnus
player, 2660 posts
Mon 17 Apr 2017
at 01:43
  • msg #341

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I smirk.

"That is acceptable. Is Susan's room acceptable to meet up in? Anyway, I'll see you in ten minutes."

I'll wait the ten minutes and meet with them. I allow them to set up a ward.

"Last night I was in the Dream World. Ended up exploring the White Tower and experimenting with making things.

I noted that the place I put Archer is still there and I can't sense anything in it. I tried to set up a purification ritual to try to save him. But I determined that I couldn't maintain concentration on all the ritual elements. This lead to me experimenting with making things to see how to make them last longer. The thing I found out was that giving the item a history causes it to last longer because the history is extra details that have to unravel before the item itself unravels. Then I got bored and explored the White Tower. I saw a novice in there briefly. Before she disappeared.

Anyway, when I go to the Dream World, my sleep is terrible. Almost like I don't get any sleep at all.

I went into training this morning while I was that tired. A test where master Coulin calls out forms faster and faster to see how long you last. It was only the Flame and the Void that allowed me to perform at all. But I refused to give up. And when deeper into the Flame and the Void. Deeper than anyone else. A light appeared in the void and filled it with light. It felt good and kept my fatigue away enough for me to perform as well as Galad and Gawyn. I'm lucky I recognized it for what it was and didn't grasp it."
Glantri
player, 1841 posts
Mon 17 Apr 2017
at 02:41
  • msg #342

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Susan nods, "Meeting back here in ten minutes will work well. Thank you Eli." And she walks over quickly to give you a kiss and whispers in your ear, "Nynaeve has been all thorns since starting her penance, for my sake let's not rile her up more than needed"

After the ten minutes you return and Egwene is there as well, and Nynaeve and Elayne are both cleaned up, though the wrinkled dresses let on that they did manual labor that day of some variety.  At least they're not grease covered now.

Nynaeve concentrates for a moment before saying briskly, "its warder, what did you need to talk about that requires all of this? Warding often draws attention, as to why it's needed, if anyone notices"

They all hear you out though, without any further comment until you get to the novice in the tower, at which point Egwene asks "This novice, I assume you don't recognize her? There aren't that many novices in the tower."

Egwene and Nynaeve both go white in the face as you talk about your training. Elayne isn't much better, though she maintains a regal aura that masks emotion some. It occurs to you that men that can channel is this worlds equivalent of the boogeyman. Even with these few, who all have reason to support you either because of love on Susan's part of Mins viewing attesting that you are needed, they mostly seem scared right away. Susan and Min merely seem concerned.

After an awkward silence Elayne speaks up, "I am quite glad that you managed to walk that razors edge unscathed. What do you plan to do from here and what do you need from us?"
Magnus
player, 2662 posts
Mon 17 Apr 2017
at 03:44
  • msg #343

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I reply to Egwene 's question with

"I seen the Novice before, but I don't know her name. She was wearing a red Aes Sedai shawl and a fancy dress."

------------

"I'm  basically call you here to get advice on the dream world .
And to let you know about the close call...
With my... Potential to channel. I can understand why You are uneasy. Madness and Destruction if I grasp the power too early. It will doom the world if I grab it too early. But I refuse to let that happen. The Sirens call is sweet but My will is Iron. Min Said that The first time I channeled would be to save someone that with then save Rand. if I do it too early I'll go mad.

Therefor it is simple. I will wait until there is someone I can't save with out channeling. Then and only then Will I allow myself to do so.
I know how deep into the Flame and the Void I need to go to get there. I Just don't go that deep until I need it.
... Sorry. I'm trying to reassure you that I'm still safe to be around. I guess I diddn't do a good job."

---------------------------

"For the Dream World, my thought is this. I put Archer in that 'pocket' within my soul. He probably succumbed to the Nightmare. Therefore he is dangerous to leave in there because of the risk of seepage and corruption.

Therefore The next time I go into the Dream world, I am going to move out somewhere to fight.  Then force the pocket out and fight the result. This is going to be dangerous.

I've thought about how to increase my odds. Items I spawn take My will to maintain and I can only maintain a few. So how does one make something that would maintain it's self in the Dream world. It requires a separate mind and will. Making a mind and a will separate from my own would be equivalent to making a separate being. I'm not sure I can do it. But I have a theory as to how it could work.

Making the being's personality,history appearance and abilities. Copying aspects of myself over to be it's mind and will. It's kit-bashed. But it might work.

Then again it could also be dangerous to me based on how the metaphysics of the creation play out. If I make it completely separate from me, it is under no obligation to obey.

But. If there is a connection. That is a route that corruption can flow into me. Especially if I end up manifesting an aspect of myself. Or it Might have some side effects

Susan heard this before and thought that I was probably pushing too far to create a Sentient Being. It would probably be dangerous.

My goal is to have allies that I don't have to focus on to maintain. So maybe summoning something would work. I have a few templates to base that on. One would call a being that is equivalent to Archer. Then again I'm not sure who I would call...

Maybe I could make a copy of the Horn of Valere. and then use it to summon the 100 companions in the dream world. But would that make me count at a horn-sounder? That might cause problems.

What do you think?"
Glantri
player, 1843 posts
Mon 17 Apr 2017
at 11:23
  • msg #344

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Egwene responds, "Interesting, should you see her again while around one of us please point her out. I'm interested in who was touching the dreamworld even if briefly... and who would aspire to be red." She says that last part with significant contempt. Contempt you would swear wouldn't have been there days ago.

--------

Susan moves to your side and holds your hand tightly when you talk about going mad.

"I trust you Eli. Everyone just needs time to adjust, stories are told about ... men who could channel... to scare children into behaving. But the prophecies of the dragon require one such man to succeed, else the dark one will prevail. And Min's viewing ties you to him. It is just hard not to worry."

It's difficult to tell whether anyone is reassured, but you at least get the strong feeling that no one intends to betray you.

-------

Egwene is the one to respond with regards to the dreamworld,
"From what little I've been told, well honestly from what little is known, the dreamworld is a mirror of the waking world. I suspect the reason it requires willpower to sustain items is because they don't exist in the waking world, or not at that location. I think the more complex and the larger the entity is that you are trying to create, the more resistance the dreamworld will provide. That's all conjecture obviously, pieced together from half a dozen random lectures I've been given.

As to blowing the horn, I suppose you could shortcut it were you to find where the physical horn is kept, but without it I don't know how you would create a close enough replica. And should it summon the heroes you would almost certainly be considered the horn blower. But there's also the question of if the heroes would even be able to reach the dreamworld."
Magnus
player, 2664 posts
Mon 17 Apr 2017
at 17:30
  • msg #345

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"I will let you all know if I spot her.
I know why I am wary of the Red Sisters. But, You have significant contempt for them now. Why is that?"
-------------
I smile at Susan thankful that she is here to comfort me.
-------------
"That sounds about right from what I experienced. I just thought that as a sentient being would assert that they exist. It'll take some more experiments to find out.

I would like to eject the nightmare corrupted Archer from me as soon as possible. But The nightmare might have changed him in unknown ways. I am not eager to fight an opponent that I have no intelligence on. Especially in the Dream World...

Maybe I have time to practice and make the fight as uneven as possible.

I figured out how to enter the Dream World when I will it."
Glantri
player, 1845 posts
Mon 17 Apr 2017
at 22:02
  • msg #346

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Min grins impishly and says, "She's been sour on them ever since Elaida set her a penance."

Egwene grumbles, "Not all Aes Sedai see the world the same, the red's are particular about some of their views."

-----

Everyone seems at a loss as to how to help you. They are all less experienced than you when it comes to the dreamworld. At the last part though, Egwene perks up.

"How? Can you show me how you enter at will?"

Apparently she's still been struggling even at that concept. And if you recall, she's the most advanced when it comes to dreaming of the bunch.
Magnus
player, 2665 posts
Mon 17 Apr 2017
at 23:54
  • msg #347

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

--------
"Not exactly, since it is a mental process. Unless... No that is probably a bad idea to attempt here. Anyway, I'll attempt to explain it as best I can.


First get comfortable in your bed. With enought covers to maintain your body heat without getting uncomfortably hot.

Now you Meditate. This will probably be similar to the visualization you use to embrace the source. I assume that when you visualize the flower growing to the light of the Source, you make sure nothing else is in your mind.

This will be similar. But you will focus on your breathing. Keep your mind clear. And focus on your breathing. You breath in and out deeply. If you need an additional focus, count your breathes. One, breath in deep. Two, Breath out deeply. Three, Breath in Deeply. Four, breath out deeply. Go back to one.
Thoughts will come and go. Let them come and go. Don't linger on them. Always return back onto your breaghing focus.

This meditation is designed to produced a relaxed awareness. Your body will be relaxed like it is sleeping. But your mind will be aware but not thinking anything in particular. Maintain this state for awhile before going to sleep. Then you are more likely to notice it is a dream. Generally I notice that I am in the dream world because I am thinking clearer than my normal dreams.

Incidentally, this is my guess as to why going into the Dream World makes your sleep terrible. Your mind is too active to get true rest. Imposing your will onto the dream world just makes it worse. Now that I think about it. It can also mess with how strong your connection to the Dream World is. I did Structural Analysis on something really old and it strained my connection. It recovered but it wasn't as strong as when I startsd that night.

That Ter'angreal you use produces a very weak connection. So it is hard for you to exert enough will to even walk. What is the visualization you use to use it?"
Glantri
player, 1846 posts
Tue 18 Apr 2017
at 00:19
  • msg #348

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Egwene listens intently, clearly committing what you say to memory.

"You don't need to visualize at all with the ter'angreal. If you go to sleep wearing it, you will find yourself in Tel'aran'rhiod. It's just not very easy to do anything there.

I will try what you describe tonight however, thank you for the advice."
Magnus
player, 2668 posts
Tue 18 Apr 2017
at 01:16
  • msg #349

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"I was going to simply rest tonight. But I'll go into the dream world in case you manage to make it there on your first try. If you show up at the Dream World version of the White Tower, I'll met you at the entrance of your room.

If you show up somewhere where I can't find you. Remember,you can escape the Dream World by wiling yourself awake."
Glantri
player, 1848 posts
Tue 18 Apr 2017
at 01:25
  • msg #350

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"Thank you Eli, I should be starting to get ready for sleep now that you mention it... I'm afraid I have more pots before lessons tomorrow."

With that she leaves the room, heading back to hers. Is there anything else you wanted out of the people yet in the room?
Magnus
player, 2670 posts
Tue 18 Apr 2017
at 02:31
  • msg #351

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"Good Night Egwene.
Susan. Is there anything else important that I am forgetting?"

If there is nothing else I'll tell everyone good night and go to bed.
Just like I said, I'll head into the dream world and met at Egwene's room to see if she makes it work.
Glantri
player, 1851 posts
Tue 18 Apr 2017
at 11:17
  • msg #352

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

You go to sleep and find yourself in the dreamworld easily enough. That part isn't even a challenge for you at this point. You then go to meet at the entrance to Egwene's room. She's not there currently. How long do you intend to wait?
Magnus
player, 2672 posts
Tue 18 Apr 2017
at 20:00
  • msg #353

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I'll wait for a while. Thinking about the idea of making a sentient sword. There are templates in anime and table top games. After a while I'll get bored and check in her room to to see if I can sense her dream from here.
Glantri
player, 1853 posts
Tue 18 Apr 2017
at 22:07
  • msg #354

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

You don't see her inside her room. What are you envisioning with trying to sense her dreams? How are you trying to go about that and what information are you looking for?
Magnus
player, 2675 posts
Tue 18 Apr 2017
at 23:36
  • msg #355

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

They call this place the Dreaming World therefore dreams are probably closer to this place than the real world. I'm expecting this place to feel 'thinner' for lack of a better term. Since I can visualize it I can probably affect it. So I am going to try to view her dream by visualizing my conscientious being transferred into her dream.
Glantri
player, 1855 posts
Wed 19 Apr 2017
at 00:09
  • msg #356

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

You concentrate on where you believe her dreams should be, and after a few moments you find yourself standing in a green meadow covered in flowers overlooking a branching river.
Magnus
player, 2678 posts
Wed 19 Apr 2017
at 00:36
  • msg #357

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I'll trust my gut instinct and head in the direction I think she is in. Probably near the River.

Does reality feel noticeably different? I'll make a simple copy of my sword. Was making it easier or harder?
Glantri
player, 1856 posts
Wed 19 Apr 2017
at 01:13
  • msg #358

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

You walk towards the river and as you crest a small hill you see Egwene and a young man sitting on a picnic blanket. You can't make out the details of who the man is from here, other than his blond hair.

When you try and assert your will and manifest your sword... it doesn't. You don't get any resonance from the world around you.
Magnus
player, 2680 posts
Wed 19 Apr 2017
at 12:55
  • msg #359

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

My eyebrow raises a bit when the sword doesn't manifest. Good thing this is Egwene's dream.

I'll walk up to her's and the young man's picnic. Angleing my approch so that she sees me coming. When I'm near them I'll say
"This is all very pleasent and nice for you. But were you trying to get to the Dream World instead?"
Glantri
player, 1858 posts
Wed 19 Apr 2017
at 16:26
  • msg #360

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

When you circle around and approach you recognize the man as Gawyn. Well mostly. It's Gawyn but almost supernaturally handsome. His missing any imperfections you may recognize about your friend, from an ascetic stand point.

Egwene responds to your question with puzzled eyes and says "Dreaming? In the middle of the day Eli? That seems terribly impractical. Did you wish to join us for a picnic though? Is Susan here with you? Ah good, I see her now."

When you turn around to look you see Susan walking down the hill, a second basket in arm and waving to the three of you. You feel a strong desire to thank Egwene and sit down to join her with Susan.
Magnus
player, 2684 posts
Wed 19 Apr 2017
at 19:00
  • msg #361

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I'll resist the desire imposed on me by her dream.

"Egwene, you are already in a dream. You know that it isn't like me to refused a request to eat wigh Susan. You also know that I am Terrible at lying and that I don't tell falsehood when I can help it. I need you to start thinking Egwene so I can teach you how to dream."
Glantri
player, 1860 posts
Wed 19 Apr 2017
at 21:49
  • msg #362

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Resisting sitting down is difficult, it alone takes a fair amount of your will power. When you go to mention that she is already in a dream, you get to "Egwene... you are... already..." and your mouth freezes. Talking outside of the context of a picnic seems nearly impossible. Actually you're starting to fog a little mentally, you can't seem to be entirely sure that you are dreaming. Really you're most likely actually in the field, with a random fancy making you think of how dream like it is.
Magnus
player, 2687 posts
Wed 19 Apr 2017
at 23:59
  • msg #363

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I enter the Flame and the Void as deep as I can without touching the Source. The Flame will burn the fog from my mind and allow me to maintain that this is really a dream.

I subvocalize to myself
"My will is of Iron. None may change me without my consent." I sear that concept into myself and convince myself that it is true.

I'll resist the reality imposed on me by the dream with all of my will. I'll continue to try to tell her the same thing.
Glantri
player, 1862 posts
Thu 20 Apr 2017
at 00:24
  • msg #364

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

The void feels... off here. It helps a little but not the same distance from emotion that you expect.

Your mantra keeps you at bay from sitting down, but talking about the dream refuses to come out. You feel like you're in a static struggle, with one slip leading to full loss of control.

How long do you intend to keep trying and for that matter what metric are you using for time?
Magnus
player, 2689 posts
Thu 20 Apr 2017
at 01:01
  • msg #365

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I Can't Win.
The realization almost causes my will to collapse.
At that point I decide to bug out and escape from the dream.
I'll reverse the process and and imagine my consciousness flowing back out into the Dream World.
Glantri
player, 1864 posts
Thu 20 Apr 2017
at 01:14
  • msg #366

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Moving outwards feels like pressing your body through molasses. But after a long time you find the world blends to black and then back to Egwene's room.
Magnus
player, 2692 posts
Thu 20 Apr 2017
at 01:29
  • msg #367

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I wipe the (nonexistent) sweat from my brow.
That was hard. I really should get some actual sleep.
I start walking to where my bed would be...
I wonder what Susan is dreaming about...
That brings me to a halt. My Curiosity is fighting my desire to be a gentlemen.
I've already invaded Egwene's dream... Susan Might get mad if I don't visit her.
I'll go into Susan's room and then Enter her dream.

OOC:Stellar logic there Eli.This Obviously won't end badly.
Glantri
player, 1866 posts
Thu 20 Apr 2017
at 01:40
  • msg #368

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

You find Susan's dream easily, with the experience of entering Egwene's.

Suddenly you are kneeling before Susan who has her hands on your head and has her eyes closed. You notice she is wearing a shawl with a green tinge... actually now that you look its flickering slightly from green to brown and back.
Magnus
player, 2694 posts
Thu 20 Apr 2017
at 02:13
  • msg #369

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"So you are thinking of joining the Brown sisters instead of the Green? How are you doing Susan?"
Glantri
player, 1868 posts
Thu 20 Apr 2017
at 02:22
  • msg #370

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Fighting against the will of this dream feels infinitely more difficult than Egwene's. You begin to form words when your mind corrects your thoughts to Susan is green/brown. It's a weird feeling because the though comes across as both words at once.

You suddenly feel a plunging cold sensation as a bond between you and Susan sets in. In your mind you feel her emotions, or pride and of love both deep and seemingly endless. She removes her hand and says, "Rise my warder, we have another ceremony to attend to yet this day."

You can feel your will crumbling under the inexorable force of this dream. You think you could still pull out, but aren't sure of that, or for how long it would be an option.
Magnus
player, 2696 posts
Thu 20 Apr 2017
at 02:32
  • msg #371

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I gasp as I FEEL Susan's feelings for me. This completely erodes my will to resist and I follow along with the dream.
Glantri
player, 1870 posts
Thu 20 Apr 2017
at 02:40
  • msg #372

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

In the way of dreams, you walk off hand in hand with Susan and find yourself in a castles garden. There you see many of your mutual friends gathered and Susan is suddenly in a beautiful gown and you in your finest clothing. When you look down you notice you look great, and a fleeting thought makes you think that you must have that same aura of perfectness that Gawyn did in Egwene's dream. That's a fleeting thought before your mind goes back to the bliss of your wedding day to Susan.

The ceremony goes well, enhanced by being able to feel Susan's emotions through the bond.

After a long and perfect ceremony you are pronounced married and your guests cheer. Meanwhile you and Susan retire for the night, having had a long day... the dream continues on for quite a while where you experience all of Susan's fantasies.

You aren't released from the dream until you wake the next morning. You are unfortunately incredibly exhausted again, and you suspect you have about an hour before training with Coulin begins.
Magnus
player, 2699 posts
Thu 20 Apr 2017
at 02:50
  • msg #373

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

...That was... Nice. I'm Tired again though.I wonder if she channeled the One Power through her dreams...

I'll be aware in case I start feeling Susan's Feelings.

I'll sit up and meditate with the Flame and the Void for thirty minutes before getting up and getting a quick breakfast. Then I'll show up where I am expected with Master Coulin.
Glantri
player, 1872 posts
Thu 20 Apr 2017
at 02:55
  • msg #374

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

You don't feel any of Susan's feelings.

Your meditation pushes your tiredness back, though you find there's a constant temptation to delve deeper into the void. Towards the light that you know awaits. But you ignore it for now.

The first part of the day is training as a group, since some trainees haven't been selected by warders yet. It's the same exercise as the day before, although at a slightly slower tempo. The point is clearly to separate the next highest tier, those who can pass today's test but not yesterday's. it's still challenging, especially due to your fatigue. What level of the void and how hard are you pushing?
Magnus
player, 2701 posts
Thu 20 Apr 2017
at 03:03
  • msg #375

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I'll maintain the void close to when the Light starts. but I'll leave a bit of margin for error. I will be pushing myself hard to keep up with Galad and Gawyn.
Glantri
player, 1874 posts
Thu 20 Apr 2017
at 03:09
  • msg #376

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

The three of you finish, along with maybe fifteen percent of the class. Galad finished with a strong performance, technical precision obvious. You know your performance would best be described as either sloppy or lazy, and Gawyns was forced. It lacked a fluidity that it should have had. You are dismissed then for an hours lunch, with the test having taken three hours. It was a very long three hours for you especially. You're expected at one of the sparring fields after lunch.
Magnus
player, 2703 posts
Thu 20 Apr 2017
at 03:22
  • msg #377

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

... That was bad. That was pathetic...

I'll go and get lunch. relaxing and gathering what energy I can from meditation.

Then I'll go to the sparring fields.
Glantri
player, 1876 posts
Thu 20 Apr 2017
at 11:20
  • msg #378

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

You eat lunch and relax as much as you can. It helps abate the fatigue a little, but not much. Your body is craving actual sleep, and the temptation to embrace the full depths of the void seem to be much worse when you are this tired.

On your way to the sparring fields you pass Susan who smiles at you and waves as she's walking off with an Aes Sedai you don't recognize. (Not recognizing an Aes Sedai isn't uncommon, just for reference)

At the sparring field Gawyn and Galad are already waiting with Master Coulin when you arrive. He smiles as you walk up, "I assume you were up late celebrating Eli? You look like the cat that the dog caught. Understand I'll expect no less of you today just because of it."

Gawyn looks embarrassed as he says this, giving you an idea that he commented to Gawyn as well.
Magnus
player, 2705 posts
Thu 20 Apr 2017
at 13:13
  • msg #379

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I'll smile back at Susan as she passes me. I'm also blushing a bit due to the memory from last night.

"...Yes. I was up rather later than I should have been and didn't get proper sleep. I'll try to keep up."

I'll wait until my sparring match starts.
Glantri
player, 1878 posts
Thu 20 Apr 2017
at 16:21
  • msg #380

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Master Coulin nods, but doesn't speak further on the issue.

After a few minutes of Coulin clearly waiting, a group of 6 of the more novice trainees show up. At this point he assigns two to each of you.

"Your task this afternoon is to teach your two trainees something valuable. How and what, is up to you. I want you at separate sections of the yard, what you teach and how is of no concern to the others."
Magnus
player, 2709 posts
Thu 20 Apr 2017
at 18:13
  • msg #381

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Do I know these two trainees?

I'll ask them as I lead them to the part of the yard with construction materials

"So, why are You training with the Warders?"
Glantri
player, 1881 posts
Thu 20 Apr 2017
at 23:14
  • msg #382

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

You do not know them, they were part of the large group that returned with Coulin.

They respond when you ask them:
First Trainee: "My father thought it would serve me good, before I lead men of my own."
Second Trainee: "I'm not terribly good at many things, but I've always dreamed of being a blademaster, perhaps a warder if an Aes Sedai decides she can put up with me."
Magnus
player, 2712 posts
Fri 21 Apr 2017
at 02:15
  • msg #383

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"Those are some good reasons And I will include that in the lesson later.
But first a bit of Philosophy. How did that saying go again?...

Ah That is how it went

In the first stage, man and sword become interchangeable. Here, even a blade of grass can be used as a lethal weapon. In the next stage, the sword resides not in the hand, but in the heart. The warrior can slay his enemy with his bare hands. But the ultimate ideal is when the sword disappears altogether. The warrior embraces all around him. The desire to kill is gone. Only peace remains.

What do you think this means?"
Glantri
player, 1883 posts
Fri 21 Apr 2017
at 02:20
  • msg #384

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

You get a painfully blank stair from both your students before student two says, "does it mean that hidden blades are a true sign of a master? Maybe that they are so difficult to handle that anyone but a blademaster would gut themself?"

Student one listens and seems to nod, as if to agree.
Magnus
player, 2714 posts
Fri 21 Apr 2017
at 03:03
  • msg #385

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"No, it's a bit of esoteric philosophy that I read once.

The First stage illustrates that to a master of the Martial arts. Anything in hand can be a lethal weapon. Anything from a mop to a board to a ladder can be used to kill if you have the right mind set.

The next stage Illustrates that even the Human body can be considered a weapon. If you train long and hard enough with the Right instructions, You will be dangerous even when unarmed.

The Final Stage Illustrates what happens when you Fully master the Martial arts. You are aware of everyone and everything around you. You are aware of how easy it is for you to hurt and kill them. One becomes aware of their place in the universe. You see there is often other paths than Violence. And with the compassion of that awareness you choose them. Then Again they might choose violence if that is the way needed to ensure a greater peace afterward.
For Example, The Shadow spawn. Peace can't exist while they still live.

Do you understand what I mean now?

I'm nowhere near any of them. But It flows into my lesson.

I'm going to be teaching you about improvised weapons and unarmed combat."
Glantri
player, 1886 posts
Fri 21 Apr 2017
at 10:39
  • msg #386

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

You gets nods from both, but you are doubtful as to whether they understand any more than being able to repeat your words back to you. You're getting the feeling these two have to be near the extreme bottom of the class, at least wits wise.
Magnus
player, 2720 posts
Fri 21 Apr 2017
at 16:46
  • msg #387

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"Supposed that you have been deprived of your sword for some reason."
I point to the one that wants to be a Warder.
"You need to protect your Aes Sedai."
I point to the one that is going to lead men.
"You need to escape and regroup with your men.

How would you do that with out access to your sword or other military weapons?"

I'll pick up a ladder or a club like piece of wood.

"Obviously, you pick something up that can be used as a weapon. Pick something up and tell me what weapon you think it most resembles. "
Glantri
player, 1888 posts
Fri 21 Apr 2017
at 16:51
  • msg #388

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

You get a suitable chunk of wood easily enough.

Student 1 picks up a thin pole, and brandishes it awkwardly as a staff. "This is close to a quarter staff, if balanced poorly and too tall."

Student 2 picks a length of rope, "I don't know what this would be close to, but I could try and leverage it to catch my opponents weapon and turn it on him."
Magnus
player, 2722 posts
Fri 21 Apr 2017
at 17:18
  • msg #389

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"Good. That is the right idea. If you have the time, you can also alter them into better weapons. Such as sharpening the pole into a spear or tying something to the end of the rope to make an improvised flail. Anyway let's continue. "

I'll work to show them improvised weapons and how to use them. Like using them to disarm a foe with an actual weapon.

After an hour or two of this. I'll show them my unarmed style.
Glantri
player, 1890 posts
Fri 21 Apr 2017
at 22:10
  • msg #390

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Student 1 does well with the improvised quarter staff, being able to replicate most of what you show him with only slightly obvious weak spots. Meanwhile student two is largely fumbling around with the rope, not grasping the concepts of applying tension at the correct times. He's got the basics,but that's all you could say about it.

How are you teaching them your martial arts? Through katas? Practical sparring? Discussing the theory and technique and walking through it?
Magnus
player, 2724 posts
Fri 21 Apr 2017
at 23:12
  • msg #391

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I'm not just focusing on what they picked up. I'm switching out improvised weapon so they can get a good feel for them.

When I teach my martial arts. I'll first show them the basic moves and explain what I am looking for while slowly leading them through the movements.

Let's see how they handle the basics.
Glantri
player, 1892 posts
Sat 22 Apr 2017
at 00:09
  • msg #392

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Neither of them transitions between weapons well. They just take too long for them to get a good sense of their balance. But they keep at it at least. They clearly both have persistence.

When it comes to your martial arts, student one follows your moves but in a jerky and erratic manner. Fluidity is simply not there and he does his joints no favors with the amount he overextends. Student two takes to it far better than you expect however. He picks up everything you show him quickly, and looks comfortable and in control of his movements.
Magnus
player, 2727 posts
Sat 22 Apr 2017
at 01:23
  • msg #393

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I'll Tell student one
"You are going to hurt your joints by overextending like that."

I'll show the other student a kata incorporating the moves that I have shown them. I'll probably have to make one up.
Then I'll work with student one so that he doesn't hurt himself with the moves. Going through the moves slowly so he can get the move down.
Glantri
player, 1894 posts
Sat 22 Apr 2017
at 08:47
  • msg #394

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Student one does a little better with you walking through it. He's still bad enough that he is unlikely to beat anyone, and still occasionally makes you wince with how he performs a technique even at a slow pace.

That said, they're both grasping the basics and can execute the kata you taught them. Student 2 makes the kata look very good, actually suggesting a weight shift at one point that when you think about it, maintains balance better. He's taken to this part of the lesson like a fish to water.
Magnus
player, 2730 posts
Sat 22 Apr 2017
at 11:28
  • msg #395

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Next I'll run them through some light sparring to show them the practical application of the unarmed style and the importance of doing combinations of moves.

"I have shown you the basics of the style. If you want to use them in combat,you need to practice them until they are second nature to you.

It is theoretically possible for an unarmed man to beat an armed man. But it is extremely difficult. The most novice person with a sword is still dangerous to a master of unarmed martial arts. Therefore, You want to deprive the armed man of that advantage as soon as possible. It is a lot easier if you have something to block or parry the blade with."

Now I'm going to show them how to disarm someone when you are unarmed. Generally it consists of stepping into their guard before they can get the proper momentum for a swing or baiting a thrush so that you can dodge to the side and grab their sword arm. I'll also show how to disarm using improvises weapons and how much easier it is with them. Because you can block the swing and grab their arm.

That should take a bit so we should be nearing the end of the lesson, correct?
Glantri
player, 1896 posts
Sat 22 Apr 2017
at 11:37
  • msg #396

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

It can be, I was giving a fair amount of leeway on how much or how little you wanted for each them, but I agree this is a good amount for a very full afternoon.

They both pick up blocking at an adequate rate, both with and without an improvised weapon. They clearly need practice, as they only manage one in four times to disarm when trying, and that is at practice speeds with wide openings. But they at least have the mechanical movement down.

The sun is starting to when Master Coulin comes around to observe. "So,  and what have you taught Daliin and Daemer?"
Magnus
player, 2732 posts
Sat 22 Apr 2017
at 16:20
  • msg #397

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"I've taught them improvised weapons, unarmed combat and how to disarm an armed opponent when unarmed or using an improvised weapon. I taught the this so that they have a chance to fight even when deprived of their swords or other weapons."
Glantri
player, 1898 posts
Sat 22 Apr 2017
at 16:38
  • msg #398

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Coulin listens and nods, "And? How would you assess your two students? Did you find any strengths to amplify or weaknesses to work on? I would also like a demonstration of the skills you taught, in the way you feel best showcases the talents."

He seems pleased, if stern.
Magnus
player, 2733 posts
Sat 22 Apr 2017
at 18:40
  • msg #399

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

They are both persistent. (Insert name of Student 2. I assume that I would have learnt their names.) Shows natural talent for unarmed martial arts. (Insert name of student 1) needs work to not overextend himself with unarmed attacks and hurt his joints. I would recommend they both train for a while before attempting to use what I taught in combat because if you mess up attempting what I taught, you will die against someone using a sword.

Students! Get into Ready Stance! Start Kata!"

I'll let them show Coulin the Kata. Then I'll do some practical sparring. then I'll do the kata to demonstrate what it should look like. Then we'll move on to the Improvised Weapons. Then I'll come at them with a practice sword and have them disarm me.

When practical I'll join in and show how things should look.
Glantri
player, 1900 posts
Sat 22 Apr 2017
at 19:22
  • msg #400

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I had actually assumed you had not asked them their names. It's why I was continuing to refer to them as student 1 and student 2. We can just assume you asked there names at some point though.
Student 1 = Daliin
Student 2 = Daemer

Coulin watches attentively as your students go through the Kata. Both Daliin and Daemer do well at it, with Daemer being the better of the two by a good margin as you would expect.

Both manage to disarm the practice sword, though Daliin fumbles through it. Daemer's however is impressive enough that it might work in a fight... maybe. Still better off that they don't try it until they have much more practice.

Coulin nods after the full demonstration you walk them through and dismisses Daliin and Daemer. "You did very well today Eli, you taught valuable skills and identified strengths, and gaps that the traditional warder training does not cover fully. I admit though, it was not the lesson I was hoping that you would teach. As I mentioned, in training it is important to identify the strengths, which you did, and the weaknesses. Both Daliin and Daemer have the same weakness I've been trying to pound out of them. What is it?"
Magnus
player, 2735 posts
Sat 22 Apr 2017
at 20:26
  • msg #401

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"They both lack critical thinking skills. I started my lesson with a bit of philosophy to illustrate what I was going to teach. Their blank stares where a bit painful. I structured my lesson so that they used their brain as much as I could.

Honestly, I would need more than an afternoon to teach them that. I could work with them by playing Stones. Or I could develop games that help with tactical and creative thinking. It is a difficult thing to teach."
Glantri
player, 1901 posts
Sat 22 Apr 2017
at 20:33
  • msg #402

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"Well, that is certainly true, but also not an uncommon shortcoming of students. Did you notice how awkward their movements were? Did you consider why, when most people after one week at least look competent under warder tutelage? They are missing a fundamental principle."
Magnus
player, 2737 posts
Sat 22 Apr 2017
at 21:00
  • msg #403

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"Yes, I Got something was off... What could cause the ackward movements? ... are they not viewing the weapon as an extension of themselves? Are they not using the Flame and the Void?... I didn't even think to tell them to enter the Flame and the Void because I do it automatically...

What where you hoping I would teach them?"
Glantri
player, 1903 posts
Sat 22 Apr 2017
at 21:07
  • msg #404

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

He smiles, "Correct, neither of them are able to enter the void. They haven't been able to sufficiently purge emotions from within them. Seeing the weapon as an extension comes with time, but they must learn the void, at least to the essentials that is.

Remember, you need to be able to assess others quickly and without much to base it on. That is imperative in combat. Anyway, I've dismissed the others already, you've got the remainder of the night free."

He starts walking away and then turns, "Oh, and Eli. Don't expect all of the days to be low thresholds when it comes to physical demands. Tomorrow is going is going to be grueling."
Magnus
player, 2739 posts
Sat 22 Apr 2017
at 21:44
  • msg #405

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"I wasn't expecting all days to be easy. I would be disappointed if they where.

...Could you do me a favor Master Coulin?
Could you warn me the day before when you plan on giving us an easy day or a day off?"

Once I am done talking to Coulin. I'll go to Alanna Sedai for the Ward. Then I'll talk to Susan and the others.
Glantri
player, 1905 posts
Sat 22 Apr 2017
at 22:16
  • msg #406

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"Assume they will all be hard days from this day out. I am not in the practice of coddling or giving days off."

Coulin seems annoyed by the request, and says this over his shoulder as he is walking off.

-----------

Alanna sets the ward, without any notable incident, and you find Susan and the others in Egwene's room.
Magnus
player, 2741 posts
Sat 22 Apr 2017
at 22:25
  • msg #407

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"I understand. I'll See you tomorrow for a hard day."

-----------

I'll ask Egwene
"Was there any oddness with your dream last night?"
Glantri
player, 1907 posts
Sat 22 Apr 2017
at 22:40
  • msg #408

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"Not that I can recall. I don't always remember my dreams, but if you mean why I wasn't in the dream world, I don't know. Your method didn't work for me. I'll keep trying though."
Magnus
player, 2743 posts
Sat 22 Apr 2017
at 23:49
  • msg #409

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"My method increases the chance that you will notice that you are in a dream. You still need to become aware enough to show up in the Dream world. You had a rather pleasant dream so I can see why you didn't show up. Your dream was a picnic in a field of flowers near a river that splits. The picnic was with Gawyn. I showed up, Said something odd. And then Susan showed up.

Turns out that I can enter Dreams from the Dream world."
I deadpan
"Who would have thought."
I continue in a normal tone.
"I went to the Dream World expecting you to show up. Despite being tired.
I got bored waiting so I decided to enter your dream to make you become aware that you are dreaming.
It turns out that your dreams exist in a bubble between the Real World and the Dream World. And by going to the point in the Dream world corresponding to where you are sleeping in the Real World, I can target your dream well enough to go into it.

It's a bad Idea to do it though. Since it isn't my Dream or the Dream World, I can't alter it. Just act like my mundane self. And I'm not even totally free with that. I have to act within the context of the Dream. Acting against it felt impossible and even doing nothing was an exertion of will.

It looks like my research with the Dream world is going to stall out at this point. Master Coulin is going to drive me hard. and I can't afford the tiredness that going to the Dream World forces on me."
Glantri
player, 1909 posts
Sun 23 Apr 2017
at 00:01
  • msg #410

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Egwene's face goes red when you start talking about having gone into her dreams, and it's hard to say at first whether it's embarrassment or anger, or a mixture thereof. She lets you finish before saying is a chilly voice, "Eli, do not ever do that again. Spying is rude, whether it is skulking around a corner and listening to a conversation or inviting yourself into another's dreams. Just because you can do something doesn't mean you should."

She also darts hurt looks over at Susan who says quickly, "You know I didn't have the dream Ter'angreal last night, and I can't enter without it."

She's making a fairly clear attempt to keep her temper, possibly she's even trying to keep the calm that Aes Sedai are known for. She's not doing a perfect job of it however. The others in the room have stayed quite, and you get the feeling they feel this is between you and Egwene.
Magnus
player, 2745 posts
Sun 23 Apr 2017
at 00:37
  • msg #411

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"Spying wasn't my intention when I entered your dream. I was trying to help you learn how to get to the Dream World. I entered, Tried to do that, Determined that it was Impossible for me to do at that time and Then I left. All in the Span of two minutes subjective dream time. I was in your dream for a small fraction of the time it existed.

I'll admit that it was rude and Ungentlemanly to enter without asking you before hand.
But I figured that You would want to learn how to enter the dream world.

It won't happen again without your permission. At a later date when I am finished training with Master Coulin, I can use it to help you learn to enter the Dream World. But for now I'm not planning on doing anything in the Dream World. Therefore I am not going to mess with your dreams.

Besides. The loss of control over myself is unnerving."
Glantri
player, 1911 posts
Sun 23 Apr 2017
at 00:41
  • msg #412

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"Good, I'm glad we have an agreement then. I don't see how you would help me enter the dream world that way, if you lose control over yourself."

She's mollified slightly but is clearly a little prickly over the entire incident. The rest of the room is a little hesitant to talk due to the tense vibe in the room.
Magnus
player, 2747 posts
Sun 23 Apr 2017
at 01:07
  • msg #413

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"I told you 'you where in a dream' before the dream prevented me from doing that again... Whatever. I don't know the limits of what I can do in the Dream World. Maybe I can send you a message into your dreams without entering myself. Or find some other way to help, Maybe."

I'll keep quiet for now. I am in a fowl mood and I know it. I tried to help her and she bites my head off. I see why she is angry. But she didn't even bother seeing from my perspective.
Glantri
player, 1913 posts
Sun 23 Apr 2017
at 01:14
  • msg #414

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

There is quite a bit of uncomfortable silence. Min is the first to break it with an animated yawn, "Well I think I'm going to turn in early. Good night all."

How long do you want to wait it out, being silent?
Magnus
player, 2749 posts
Sun 23 Apr 2017
at 01:41
  • msg #415

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

No point staying here and sulking.

"I should go to sleep also. I didn't get good sleep last night because I decided to help. I wont enter any of your dreams if you don't want me to from now on. Susan, can I talk to you for a bit in your room?"
Glantri
player, 1915 posts
Sun 23 Apr 2017
at 01:45
  • msg #416

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

They all nod at this. It seems none of them really likes the idea of another looking in on their dreams.

Susan says, "that's fine with me, I was planning to head back soon to get a bit of reading in for tomorrow's lessons anyway." And she takes your hand and leads you out towards her room.
Magnus
player, 2751 posts
Sun 23 Apr 2017
at 02:30
  • msg #417

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I'll wait until I am In Susan's room.

"I just made them all mad at me. And I believe that you are also going to be angry at me."
I am actually sad at that.
"I'm sorry Susan. I thought I would help you get into the dream world last night... And I got stuck in your dream. I'm sorry. You probably wanted to save that experience until we where married."
Glantri
player, 1917 posts
Sun 23 Apr 2017
at 02:35
  • msg #418

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

She goes bright red in the face, but you can tell it's much more from embarrassment than anger. "I admit that I'm not happy with what you did Eli, but you've heard enough on the topic from Egwene. I do trust you won't do so again, it's... improper. Ones dreams really should be a place where they don't have to wonder is someone watching them."
Magnus
player, 2753 posts
Sun 23 Apr 2017
at 03:12
  • msg #419

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"I understand. Your dream... I couldn't oppose it...
It was humbling to feel your love though the dreams Warder bond.
I'm Sorry I did that without your permission."

I sit down with my head in my hands.
"What should I do Susan?"
Glantri
player, 1919 posts
Sun 23 Apr 2017
at 10:43
  • msg #420

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

She walks over and wrap her arm around your shoulder. "It'll be ok Eli. There's nothing to do, Egwene's a little hurt but she'll get over it in time. It didn't help that you called out that she was dreaming about the man she has a crush on in front if the rest.... And the others will come around as well. It's difficult when you are dealing with things that no one else can do, and we understand that. It'll take some time however. For what it's worth, I forgive you, but I'd rather not discuss the dream any further."
Magnus
player, 2755 posts
Sun 23 Apr 2017
at 16:55
  • msg #421

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"... I... It hurt me a bit too. You know. I tried to help her learn to go to the Dream World in the only method I figured out. But she bites my head off because of it. I understand why. But it makes me inclined to not bother helping her in the future.

I know anyone can make it to the Dream World with discipline. Dreams are connected to the Dream World. If you take control of your dreams then you can force your way out to the dream world."
Glantri
player, 1921 posts
Sun 23 Apr 2017
at 17:01
  • msg #422

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"Eli, you took actions that had reactions. I love you, you know that, and by no means are you obligated to help her further. But everyone deserves a certain level of privacy, and not only did you break that, you then told the entire room about it without talking to her privately. I'm sorry, I'm just not seeing your side as very defensible."

She's clearly struggling to say this as softly as possible, but she has determination in her words.
Magnus
player, 2757 posts
Sun 23 Apr 2017
at 17:13
  • msg #423

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I flinch at her words.
"You are right. I was foolish to talk without consulting her first."
Glantri
player, 1923 posts
Sun 23 Apr 2017
at 17:19
  • msg #424

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"Like I said, this will all blow over. People are just a little touchy right now. The group of them isn't even done with their penance the Elaida set."
Magnus
player, 2759 posts
Sun 23 Apr 2017
at 17:37
  • msg #425

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"... What did they do to get that much penance from her?"
Glantri
player, 1925 posts
Sun 23 Apr 2017
at 17:42
  • msg #426

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"They spoke back when she denigrated dependence on warders, as red's are want to do. But really the issue was that they forgot to use the honorific when speaking to Elaida Sedai. It doesn't take as much as you seem to think to get set a penance."
Magnus
player, 2761 posts
Sun 23 Apr 2017
at 19:07
  • msg #427

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"I see. I guess I should get to sleep. I'm still tired. Good night."

I'll hug her and go back to my bed. I'll sleep and get up the next day ready for training.
Glantri
player, 1927 posts
Sun 23 Apr 2017
at 19:16
  • msg #428

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

It is the third morning of the sword form trials. It is once again slower than the day before and more people pass. It's not even enough to challenge you, Gawyn and Galad actually. It's still work, but you never fear making a mistake at the pace it's called.

You are again being given an hour for lunch, and are to meet in the practice yard again after. What are you doing over lunch?
Magnus
player, 2763 posts
Sun 23 Apr 2017
at 20:29
  • msg #429

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Just eating. I'll show up in the practice yard on time.
Glantri
player, 1929 posts
Sun 23 Apr 2017
at 21:11
  • msg #430

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

When you pick up your meal from one of the kitchens you notice that the apprentices and novices are abnormally wary and walking wide of the sisters. But you get your meal without conflict and eat in peace.

When you arrive in the yard, Coulin is waiting. Galad and Gawyn tag slightly behind you. When you are all assembled he addresses the three of you,
"So, today I want to discuss the importance of forms and their counter forms.

In combat you will fight two general types of enemies. Those with formal training and those without. when facing those without formal training, knowing forms and counter forms is less important. Partially due to an expectation that you should triumph due to sheer skill, and partially due to the fact that if they are just randomly thrusting their sword at you there isn't truly a counter form.

We do not train for those situations, because as I said I would expect your general mastery of the blade to suffice. So we focus on the other situation, facing a trained opponent. It's been argued by many scholars that the reasons forms and counter forms work, even when not from the same school, is that the momentum of battle is fundamentally the same whether it's called Sea Serpent Strike or Folding the Fan. Both are moves designed to twist the opponents weapon into an awkward position and allow for a follow up, or forcing the opponent to retreat. Today we will practice Boar Rushes Down the Mountain and Folding the Fan."

He walks through the katas that are associated with both, and you see that BRDtM is a full on offensive, that uses ones own body to limit the mobility of the defenders blade. It is particularly effective against heavy blades, and is best practiced with either a heavy blade or a sword and shield.

Folding the Fan is easier to perform the lighter the blade, and acts as a natural counter to  Boar Rushes Down the Mountain. The defender slides to the side and through a quick snap of the wrist puts the attackers sword off balance. The wrist motion is strikingly similar to it's namesake action, folding the fan.

He has the three of you rotate through one person observing and advising the others on what they see and the other two practicing the forms. By the end of the afternoon, as dusk is settling in you feel very confident in the style Boar Rushes Down the Mountain and fairly confident in Folding the Fan.
Magnus
player, 2765 posts
Sun 23 Apr 2017
at 21:36
  • msg #431

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I assume that we are done for the day. I'll get dinner, go get the Ward from Alanna and then go to sleep. I'm actually going into the Dream World. I'm going to get the Nightmare out of me and end it.
Glantri
player, 1931 posts
Sun 23 Apr 2017
at 21:42
  • msg #432

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

You are done with the lessons for the day, yes.

Alanna seems to be in a foul mood when you ask her for the ward, but does so without complaint and wishes you well on the night before continuing on a letter she was penning before you enter.

You then go to sleep and find yourself in the dream world.
Magnus
player, 2767 posts
Sun 23 Apr 2017
at 23:15
  • msg #433

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I am curious as to what got her in a fowl mood. But I am smart enough not to ask at this point.

----------

I'm going to attemt to fight it quickly but I am not going in unprepared. First lets form the sentient sword.

A long time ago I ran a Bleach game for someone. I had to make a Zanpakutō as an example. So I made one based on my preferred problem solving method. It was a constant release Shikai, because why not. The Skikai form is called Cunning Brutality. It reflects my propensity to brute force a solution to my problems. It takes the form of a massive cleaver that grants the wielder the brute strength needed to weild it.

The Bankai form is called Brutal Cunning. It's base form is a standard katana. But the longer you fight one person, it slowly becomes a perfect weapon to kill that person.  It takes it a bit to evolve into the perfect weapon against them.

I'll weave this sword into existence. Connecting it's reality to my own by Defining it as MY Zanpakutō. I'll create a spirit for it. With a personally that reflects aspects of my own.

(Let see if that works. )
Glantri
player, 1933 posts
Sun 23 Apr 2017
at 23:27
  • msg #434

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

You begin crafting the imagine of your zanpakuto and it's physical form manifests in your hand easily. You continue on to create a soul, a spirit to dwell inside the sword. It's a painstaking process of aligning all the traits that make up a sentient being. At the end, you have a sword that has a primitive sentience to it. You can feel the strain of maintaining this sentience however. It's not overwhelming, but it is taxing.
Magnus
player, 2769 posts
Sun 23 Apr 2017
at 23:57
  • msg #435

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

It's not maintaining itself...the spirit is to primitive. I need to let it develop on it own to get some willpower.


I'll make some room in my soul and store the sword there. Does is still take effort to maintain it when it is in my soul? I wouldn't really expect so because it is not outside where the world can erode it for not existing.
Glantri
player, 1935 posts
Mon 24 Apr 2017
at 00:16
  • msg #436

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I just want to get some clarification. Up to this point I've been assuming you are creating this in the dreamworld and only to exist in the dreamworld. With thinking of hosting it in your soul, it sounds like you're trying to create something that exists outside of the dream. Is that the case?
Magnus
player, 2771 posts
Mon 24 Apr 2017
at 00:46
  • msg #437

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I'm not trying to make something that I could pull out of the real world. The Nightmare/Archer has existed independent of the Dream World by staying in a pocket in my soul.

I figure I can do the same thing with the sword and let it develop. I'm hoping that the sword/spirit will develop an existence semi-independently from me. So that I don't strain myself manifesting it in the Dream World.

Then again I'm wary of pushing too hard and drawing on the one power accidentally.
Glantri
player, 1937 posts
Mon 24 Apr 2017
at 01:03
  • msg #438

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

You find that staying conscious to avoid the one power slows you down somewhat, as you constantly assess whether or not it has snuck up on you or if you are pushing too far. After a good deal of time however you manage to shift what you visualize as your soul stuff around and make a hole for the swords spirit. You then extract a glowing nimbus from the sword and secret away in your soul. The process is slow and harrowing, with the feeling that if you let your grip on the soul slip ever so slightly that it could lash out of control. But in the end, the sword is back to abnormal sword with its much lower drain on your concentration.
Magnus
player, 2773 posts
Mon 24 Apr 2017
at 14:39
  • msg #439

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

...Ok I need some help to keep me alive... Kyotsu is the best thing for defense that I can think of. But I can't really conceive of him without his curse... This is probably going to come back and Bite me in the ass.

I'll weave Kyotsu as a material spirit. Ascended from his humble roots as the Son of a Nine-tailed Fox Ran Yakumo and A gifted Mortal Martial Artist. The Core of his being is my Desire to Help and Protect others and Make the world a better place. I'll weave all the histories of the games I played as him. Backstories condensing into an archetype that embodies the essence of Kyotsu. If you played a character for as long as I did with him You can't help but put a bit of yourself in them.

He shall be as strong as I can imagine him. At the height of his power. Able to move fast enough to intercept any attack on his allies and Skilled enough to deflect the attack no matter how improbable that would be to us. He was even Skilled enough to Reflect the attack back at the attacker. He shall have the Nine golden tails with white tips as a sign of his power. Tall and muscular Built like a martial artist rather than a kitsune. Blond hair and Green eyes. With white tipped fox ears instead of human ears.

(I'm stubborn and stupid. Let's see if that works. If it does, I'll have to deal with the fallout later.)
Glantri
player, 1939 posts
Mon 24 Apr 2017
at 16:29
  • msg #440

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

You begin by creating the shape, the body. It takes time and work but goes relatively quickly. You then begin crafting a soul scaffold, something that allows you to overlay the physical with all the emotions and thoughts that a person requires. You end up with what you might consider a manikin of Kyotsu. You can divert your will and control it, but it's not self sufficient. The entire time you are conscious of the sirens lure that is the one power, promising that all of this would be much easier. It's at this point that you feel you won't be able to improve the creation without drawing on the true power.

That is all assuming you are still being cautious and trying to avoid the one power. It goes differently if that's not the case.
Magnus
player, 2777 posts
Mon 24 Apr 2017
at 19:15
  • msg #441

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I look at the face of my first character and feel sad that I can't complete him yet.

I'll test how much effort it takes to control by walking with him to where my body is in the real world.
Glantri
player, 1942 posts
Mon 24 Apr 2017
at 22:34
  • msg #442

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Moving him is jerky and unsteady, a far cry from the grace that his form suggests, but it doesn't take too much willpower to do just that. You arrive at your bed before long, and have gotten a slightly better handle on making your Kyotu manifestation move.

One thing you notice on the way back though, the one power seems to shine distantly in your mind, even when you aren't embracing the void here. It's call is dull but constant.
Magnus
player, 2781 posts
Tue 25 Apr 2017
at 02:02
  • msg #443

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Great. Being in here is now even more dangerous. At least it might help with how tired I will feel in the morning...It's probably a bad Idea to use this in battle. I would have to split my attention too much. So I will store Him and Complete him later.

I'll say to him
"Sorry I couldn't complete you now. It's too dangerous for me to try. Go to Sleep. I'll Wake you up when I am ready."

With that I'll force the Kyotsu manikin to go to sleep. Then I'll Make some more room in my soul. To store him there until I am ready.

After I done that, I will make my own artificial dream space. Between here in the Dream World and My sleeping body. It will be an artificial dream that I should have total Control over because it is my dream. As an Initial state I will set up and old forest with many tall trees.

Then I will enter my Artificial dream.
Glantri
player, 1944 posts
Tue 25 Apr 2017
at 02:42
  • msg #444

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

You put Kyotsu away, shifting yet another part of your soul to the side to create a hole to hold him.

You then create your artificial dream, where there is a bubble where one moment it is the image of where you sleep and the next step takes you to an old growth forest. There is a sensation shift as you do so. It feels much more like a lucid dream in the bubble... And there's not a visible path out of the bubble now that you look.
Magnus
player, 2783 posts
Tue 25 Apr 2017
at 18:07
  • msg #445

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I'll pinch myself to see how this place interacts with injury.

You know a forest might not be the best place to fight an archer...

I'll shift the landscape into an endless field of grass.

While I'm at it, I'll enforce a rule on the world that I am the only one allowed to change it. Since it is my world that I created.
Glantri
player, 1946 posts
Wed 26 Apr 2017
at 02:12
  • msg #446

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

What do you expect to feel when you are in a lucid dream? Do you feel pain in such situations? I was under the impression no?

Either way, your body reacts to injury as you would expect from your experiences in lucid dreaming.

You focus and the landscape shifts, the greens of the leaves blending into a vast expanse of grass over plains as far as you can see.

You begin enforcing your rule on this world and realize you can't because it exists already. You are quite confident that short of an inhumanly strong willpower, that only you could change this world. Or as close to a guarantee as the dream world gets.
Magnus
player, 2785 posts
Wed 26 Apr 2017
at 18:38
  • msg #447

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

It was atest to see if I really was in a lucid dream. So I wouldn't expect to feel pain from to.

I'll shift the sword into it's katana like Brutal Cunning form.

I'll Prepare by making myself as an equal to a heroic spirit. As strong, tough and fast as I can imagine.

Then I'll expell Archer/Nightmare from the space within my soul. I imagine that it will look like Archer Alter: a version of Archer corruption by the Holy Grail of FS/N. But I'm prepared for anything.

I'm forcing it's being into one form as it comes out. I'm not going to get corrupted by mist like Archer did.
Glantri
player, 1948 posts
Wed 26 Apr 2017
at 22:31
  • msg #448

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Shifting the sword doesn't require willpower in this world, it simply becomes what you think it to just like anything else. Augmenting yourself is similarly easy, within certain bounds. With a little experimentation you come to realize you can change yourself to anything you could dream of being, or have a nightmare of being. But outside those confines it proves too difficult.

When you reach in to expell Archer though, you find no holes in your soul. This confuses you for a moment and then one begins to form as you pay attention to it. It's empty at first, and then seems to have a void in it. It doesn't seem tainted until you think about it, and then suddenly you recognize the signature you expected.

That went slightly differently than I believe you expected looking for the spot to eject Archer to go, so I wanted to give you a chance to respond.
Magnus
player, 2788 posts
Thu 27 Apr 2017
at 03:39
  • msg #449

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

...? This is odd. It wasn't there until I thought about it. Here is probably not real enough to effect it.

I'll stop. My gut feeling is that this will be a useless fantasy that will not accomplish anything beside some mild practice.

I can't get an substantial advantage. so it is time to pit my will against his

Then I'll return to the Dream World. Buff myself again and then expel the Nightmare/Archer. using my will to bind him and keeping him in one form.
Glantri
player, 1950 posts
Thu 27 Apr 2017
at 16:39
  • msg #450

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

You shift back into the dream world, your surroundings slowly dissolving away. You note that shifting into a personal dream was nearly effortless. Shifting back into the dream world is quite tiring.

Let me know where you want to go before releasing Archer.

Wherever that is, you get there and focus on your soul. There is a split second again where you see no hole, and then the hole where you placed Archer appears. You concentrate on ejecting him, and after a few minutes of concerted effort expel him from your body. He is standing in front of you, an exact image of how he was when you sequestered him away in your soul. You immediately exert your will and bind him in place. It is excruciatingly tiring. You feel your will giving away, inch by inch, but he is currently in stasis in front of you.
Magnus
player, 2790 posts
Thu 27 Apr 2017
at 19:01
  • msg #451

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I'll go to the main training yard.

Huh? No change in appearance.

I'll examine him with a variant of structural analysis. Mainly to see if he has any trace of the nightmare within him. Hopefully I'll find out what he is too. Something from me or a spirit or maybe something stranger.
Glantri
player, 1951 posts
Thu 27 Apr 2017
at 22:00
  • msg #452

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

You examine him to see if there is any trace of the nightmare, and you get a very weird feeling of introspection... well not exactly but it's the closest that your mind can ascribe to it.

You discover that he is in a state of flux. When you seem to be focusing on whether the nightmare is there, it is. When you focus on his history, it seems to lesson or disappear. Delving into who he is gives you the backstory would expect of Archer. It doesn't cover how he got in the dream world however.
Magnus
player, 2794 posts
Fri 28 Apr 2017
at 00:44
  • msg #453

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Something is odd here. What I am expecting to see is affecting what I see.
 And ehy do I feel like I am looking back onto myself?


I'll focus on Archers history to eliminate the traces of the nightmare. Then lock him in that state to stop the flux from making the nightmare.

Then I'll release him and let him wake up.

Then I'll ask
"Would you explain what is going on here? Things got weird with you and the nightmare. "
Glantri
player, 1953 posts
Fri 28 Apr 2017
at 00:54
  • msg #454

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

You sift through the history and remove any instances of the nightmare you saw. It's very recent history so it's fairly straight forward to do.

When you release him from stasis and begin asking your questions he starts fading away rapidly.
Magnus
player, 2796 posts
Fri 28 Apr 2017
at 01:30
  • msg #455

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I'll freeze him in stasis again and examine him to figure out why he is fading now.
Glantri
player, 1955 posts
Fri 28 Apr 2017
at 01:46
  • msg #456

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

When you lock him in stasis, he reverts back to being solid. This happens milliseconds before you create the stasis lock. Your analysis of him reports the same information as before.
Magnus
player, 2797 posts
Fri 28 Apr 2017
at 02:04
  • msg #457

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

You mean that he reverted to before I removed the nightmare,  correct?

"...What."

I'll try releasing him without altering him. Maybe he'll remain solid.
Glantri
player, 1956 posts
Fri 28 Apr 2017
at 02:07
  • msg #458

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

He reverted back to the state he was in right before you released him from stasis, which was post nightmare purging.

Releasing him again yields a fading Archer fairly quickly again.
Magnus
player, 2799 posts
Fri 28 Apr 2017
at 02:22
  • msg #459

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Back into the stasis lock again.

Is there some damage to his history?  Am I getting a feeling that he is missing something?

Is he out of mana?
Glantri
player, 1958 posts
Fri 28 Apr 2017
at 02:29
  • msg #460

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

You find no damage to his history, other than you don't know how he ended up in the dream world.

He seems fully defined as far as you can tell. As you consider this though it strikes you as odd that you know all of his details to check. Every single trait you know about Archer checks out, but there's not a single one that falls out of line of what you know or that surprises you.

His mana initially seems empty when you examine it, but seconds later seems to be at a reasonable level. You could swear it didn't shift through the mana levels in between however. One second it wasn't present, the next it was near full capacity.
Magnus
player, 2801 posts
Fri 28 Apr 2017
at 08:33
  • msg #461

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I am deeply confused. I sit down.

I am sooooo tempted to just shove him back into my soul and think about this when I am awake.
... Sigh. I Need to work on this when I can affect changes.

"Ok, Current working theory. Archer is some figment or aspect of myself. So why is he fading? Am I not using my will power to maintain his existence?... Do I need to make a contract with him?..."

Let's try this again. I'll release the stasis field and then expend my will to keep him alive.
If he starts to fade again, I am putting him back into the Stasis field.
Glantri
player, 1960 posts
Fri 28 Apr 2017
at 10:35
  • msg #462

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

You release him but keep your will focused on keeping him solid. The raw effort is nearly too much for you to sustain. You feel the fatigue headache you've sometimes gotten in the dream world coming on strongly.
Magnus
player, 2803 posts
Fri 28 Apr 2017
at 16:20
  • msg #463

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I'll put him back in to stasis. Then store him in my soul again.

Then I go back to my bed. Creat a dream go in and let the control slip for a lucid dream. So that I sleep and dream normally.
Glantri
player, 1962 posts
Fri 28 Apr 2017
at 22:17
  • msg #464

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

You assert your will and create a hole to store him in again. You are dead tired by the end of this. You get back to your bed and into a normal dream.

-----

You wake what feels like seconds after the normal dream begins, with the first light of morning filling your room. You feel like you haven't slept for several days again.
Magnus
player, 2806 posts
Sat 29 Apr 2017
at 02:06
  • msg #465

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"Joy. I'm this tired again. That did not go according to plan..."

I'll eat breakfast and then meditate until the start of training.  Then I'll train maintaining the Flame and the Void at the maximum safe level.
Glantri
player, 1964 posts
Sat 29 Apr 2017
at 04:17
  • msg #466

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

You barely have time to eat breakfast before you're expected in the practice yards, you woke up later than normal. I assume you value a meal over meditation? You can have one or the other, or both if you accept being late to practice.

This is apparently the last day of forms practice. At the end of the day everyone above a certain skill level is expected to have found a warder as mentor.

The forms are noticeably slower, and some of the harder forms are cut entirely. Despite your fatigue you manage them without outward signs of failure. The void insulates you against your fatigue, but also tempts you with that familiar warm glow. The temptation has become almost second nature.

You manage to make it to lunch time without other issues however. You are told by Coulin that he expects the three of you at the western docks, this side of the river. Those docks put you on the border of the White Tower and Tar Valon proper.
Magnus
player, 2808 posts
Sat 29 Apr 2017
at 16:18
  • msg #467

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I'll eat lunch and then go to the western dock. There I'll meditate until Coulin get's there.
Glantri
player, 1966 posts
Sat 29 Apr 2017
at 17:27
  • msg #468

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Having gone there early, you are there meditating when Coulin shows up. He smiles when he sees you there early and waves to you.

"You're earlier than I expected Eli. Is everything going well?" He looks like a man with a lot on his mind, but also genuinely friendly.
Magnus
player, 2810 posts
Sat 29 Apr 2017
at 18:00
  • msg #469

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I will smile and wave back to him.

"It's going ok I guess. I am just preparing myself for your training by resting and relaxing for a bit."
Glantri
player, 1968 posts
Sat 29 Apr 2017
at 18:23
  • msg #470

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"I'm glad to hear it Eli. Knowing our limits is as important of a lesson as the forms and discipline. So tell me, how good do you think your balance is?"

He says that last part with a smirk on his face.
Magnus
player, 2811 posts
Sat 29 Apr 2017
at 19:40
  • msg #471

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

At that question,I know why we are here. Balance training.  If you mess up, you take a dunk in the river.

"My balance is better than it was when I started training.  But it isn't as good as Galad's or Gawyn's. I don't have their natural agility.

So...My balance is better than most people's but it is probably not enough to become a blademaster with."
Glantri
player, 1969 posts
Sat 29 Apr 2017
at 19:55
  • msg #472

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

He looks pleased at your response and nods slightly.

About a minute later both Galad and Gawyn show up and Coulin addresses the lot of you,
"Today we will be testing your balance. Losing footing in battle is often fatal. It may sound simple, but being able to stay standing without diverting effort to it and thus distracting you from your opponent is key."

He gestures towards a set of poles set up in the port, used to tie off boats of various size. Several have been added recently, in spots that aren't actually functionally useful.

"You'll all be working through the forms today. On the poles."

He gestures out for the three of you to take your place. There are various sizes of pole, from about 2" diameter to 8". There's also areas that are less sparsely populated with poles, and ones where you could step out and be on two at once.
Magnus
player, 2814 posts
Sat 29 Apr 2017
at 21:02
  • msg #473

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I'll enter the Flame and the Void again pushing it to it's save limits.

I'll get on the poles and do the best that I can without the One Power.
Glantri
player, 1972 posts
Sat 29 Apr 2017
at 21:30
  • msg #474

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

The kata Coulin walks the three of you through is the same that was done this morning for practice. Balancing while performing it reinforces the in your mind when and where weight shifts are required. Forms that you previously believed you had reasonably mastered you are picking up several flaws in.

You get through most of the kata, but lose your balance at one point, and begin falling. Before you can think to try to catch yourself Gawyn is on the pole next to you having caught your hand. Gawyns balance is impeccable you note, as he managed to not only move out of the kata fast enough to catch you, but is bracing himself between three poles while grasping your wrist. He has a wide grin on his face, "It's not a good time for a swim Eli."
Magnus
player, 2815 posts
Sun 30 Apr 2017
at 00:51
  • msg #475

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I'll try to regain my balance without causing Gawyn to fall in with me.
once I regain my balance (probably by moving my leg to a pillar that is more under me) I'll say.

"I was hoping to avoid a swim today. Looks like I have a long ways to go. Thank you Gawyn."

I assume that we'll continue where we left off.
Glantri
player, 1973 posts
Sun 30 Apr 2017
at 00:59
  • msg #476

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

You are able to use Gawyn for a good bit of leverage actually,  he's surprisingly solid footed despite the difficulties. The nearest pillar that's below you is off to the side some, and with a little coordination he swings you over to it and you land on it and manage to avoid tipping over the other side.

After that the training picks up again. You manage to hold on through the rest of the session, although you believe your fatigue prevented you from learning as fast as you otherwise might have. You're dismissed as the sun has started to set.
Magnus
player, 2817 posts
Sun 30 Apr 2017
at 01:33
  • msg #477

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I'll eat dinner with Galad and Gawyn. Then I'll get the ward from Alanna Sedai. Is she still irritable like she was yesterday?

After seeing Alanna I'll go see Susan.
"I got a little bit of news Susan."
Glantri
player, 1975 posts
Sun 30 Apr 2017
at 01:47
  • msg #478

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Do you want to discuss anything with Galad and Gawyn, or just small talk?

Alanna is in a similar mood to the day before, being willing to make time for you but the air in her room seems to bristle from the tension coming off of her.

When you go to see Susan in her room she answers and looks startled, and says "Oh, what is that Eli?"
Magnus
player, 2820 posts
Sun 30 Apr 2017
at 02:39
  • msg #479

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Just small talk with Galadand Gawyn. But I will comment on the Agility Gawyn showed when he prevented me from falling into the river.

-----------

I'll comment to Alanna after she sets the ward.
"Are you ok Alanna Sedai? Even I can tell that something is causing you to be tense. Is there something I can do to help?"

-------------

I assume the Susan lets me in to her room.

"Today was the last day that Coulin was testing the trainees.  So I figured that he was going to put my nose to the grind stone with training. So I figured that last nigh was the last night in a while that I could go to the dream world without messing up my training.

So I used it to confront what Archer become after I stored him within me... But he didn't change or get corrupted by the nightmare. And apparently I can store him within my soul indefinitely. Which I have to do because he fades away if I let him out of stasis.

I'm still not sure what he is exactly. But now I in no rudh to get him out. Therefore I can afford to fix him correctly.  "
Glantri
player, 1977 posts
Sun 30 Apr 2017
at 02:59
  • msg #480

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Gawyn comments that he spent most of his youth trying to keep his sister from cracking her head open when she would climb the garden wall to get a better view. He seems rather withdrawn on the topic however.

--------

She sighs and says "Just dealing with stubborn apprentices. Nothing you can help with. Have a good night Eli."

--------

Susan nods along as you tell her about your discoveries but seems oddly quiet. When you finish she says softly, "I also have news, or rather news I'm trying to figure out. I haven't been able to find out where Nynaeve, Min, Elayne or Egwene have gone to, but I haven't seen them since the last time we were all together. I admit to being worried about them, and just wanted you to know why I might be spacey."
Magnus
player, 2823 posts
Sun 30 Apr 2017
at 04:16
  • msg #481

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"I'm sorry to hear that. Good Night Alanna Sedai."

-----------

"... I wonder if that is what is causing Alanna to be tense... and Caused Gawyn to be distracted at dinner. So... That means that they left sometime between the night two days ago when I put my foot in my mouth and Yesterday when I got the ward. That is very odd though. I've viewed the other Ta'veren in the dream world maybe... That is probably dangerous. I don't need to be in the Flame and the Void to sense the light in the Dream World. So there is that making the Dream World even more dangerous.

I'm going to do something stupid tonight in my sleep."
This message was last edited by the player at 04:33, Sun 30 Apr 2017.
Glantri
player, 1979 posts
Sun 30 Apr 2017
at 04:22
  • msg #482

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Just to clarify, you didn't see them yesterday. You saw them the night before. Wasn't sure if that impacted what you say.
Magnus
player, 2824 posts
Sun 30 Apr 2017
at 04:28
  • msg #483

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Yes, it does. Let me edit.
Edit is done.
This message was last edited by the player at 04:33, Sun 30 Apr 2017.
Glantri
player, 1981 posts
Sun 30 Apr 2017
at 04:50
  • msg #484

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

She looks at you worriedly, "Eli... weren't you just saying that Coulin is going to be holding your nose to the grindstone, and that you couldn't afford to not sleep well. What are you planning to do?"
Magnus
player, 2826 posts
Sun 30 Apr 2017
at 04:58
  • msg #485

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"I was planning on going to the Dream World And try to scry on them to find out where they are. Then go to sleep properly. My tiredness is dependent on how long I stay in the Dream World and How hard I push myself to change the Dream world. So if I limit myself to Going in scrying and then getting out. I shouldn't be that tired... I want to know if their ok."
Glantri
player, 1982 posts
Sun 30 Apr 2017
at 11:23
  • msg #486

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

She looks worried, "Just don't push too far Eli. You look pretty bedraggled today as it is, I'm not used to seeing you like this. But you know your limits better than I..."
Magnus
player, 2828 posts
Sun 30 Apr 2017
at 21:17
  • msg #487

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"I am very tired. I have been pushing myself a lot. I will only do a little bit.

This looks bad for the White Tower though. Losing the Princess."

Tonight I will go to the dream world with a single purpose. Find the others.

Then I think. How do I shoot web? Or in this case scry...

I'll sit down a meditate. Focusing on Egwene's location. To get a vision like I did before with the Wheel of Time. Her fate is intwined with the Ta'veren. So I should be able to follow that thread of connection to her.
Glantri
player, 1984 posts
Sun 30 Apr 2017
at 21:22
  • msg #488

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

She nods and hugs you, and wishes you well while reminding you to be careful. She does mention one thing at the end though, "I'm not sure the tower has lost them by the way Eli. I just don't know where they are. I'm sure some sister does, runaways nearly never get away with it, and I don't believe any of them would run."

-----

OOC)I wasn't clear of when you are meditating. Are you meditating before going to sleep, in preperation, or after as the method of trying to find them?
Magnus
player, 2830 posts
Sun 30 Apr 2017
at 21:31
  • msg #489

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"I see. I hope that is the case."

-------

I was meditating in the dream world as a method of finding them.
Glantri
player, 1986 posts
Sun 30 Apr 2017
at 21:44
  • msg #490

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

You focus on the abstract of Egwene's location, clearing your mind of all else and reaching out. You overlay that with her connection to the Ta'veren. The world seems to shift and a myriad of colors obstruct your vision as you think of the other three Ta'veren. You see the group of three of them, riding in towards a town you recognize. The three are approaching Falme. You don't see Egwene in the viewing however, only Rand, Matt, and Perrin. You feel that your viewing is slightly displaced in time as well by the way.

You also are starting to gather a headache already, shaping the dreamworld into a vision seems much harder than drifting and finding what the wheel wills.

OOC)Dice seem to be going in swings for you. You've had several incredibly good rolls follow by several near-botches.
Magnus
player, 2832 posts
Sun 30 Apr 2017
at 23:26
  • msg #491

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"Ha... that sort of worked. One more time..."

I will try one more time. Focusing only on Egeene this time. To view her fate to see where she is now.

OOC: That sounds about right as far as my luck goes. Even when other people roll dice my luck is really swingy.
Glantri
player, 1988 posts
Mon 1 May 2017
at 00:15
  • msg #492

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

You recenter yourself and exclude anything and everyone other than Egwene from your mind. You fight through the headache that's already forming and try to force the wheel to show her location.

You end up with just a massive headache and no progress however. You find that without the incredibly strong tie that being ta'veren represents you don't have much to follow to her location.
Magnus
player, 2833 posts
Mon 1 May 2017
at 00:22
  • msg #493

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Well I am done for the night.

I head to my bed and make a pleasant dream. Then I'll enter and let the dream run it's course.
Glantri
player, 1990 posts
Mon 1 May 2017
at 00:55
  • msg #494

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

You wake up feeling rested. The lingering effects of your dream headache having faded with true rest.

On your way to the sparring field you notice that there is an air of tension in the tower as a whole. Maybe half the sisters you pass seem to be in the mood that Alanna was in for the past two days.

When you get to the practice yard, Coulin addresses you all, "Today's plans have changed. Everyone is to report back to the barracks. I have a set of stones tables being setup. You'll all be working on strategic thought today."

With this he turns and walks away. This has left the other trainees in a kind of stunned silence, and they slowly start milling around back to the barracks.
Magnus
player, 2835 posts
Mon 1 May 2017
at 02:40
  • msg #495

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

When Coulin turns to walk away I rush to catch up to him.
"Are we going to be planning on how to search for Elayne Trakand, Princess of Andor? Who disappeared about thre days ago?
Along with the Other novices and the Accepted that disappeared at the same time?"

I'll go to the Barracks after I talk with him.
Glantri
player, 1991 posts
Mon 1 May 2017
at 11:32
  • msg #496

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

He stops you midway, "Eli, I believe the barracks are the other way. Being my pupil does not grant you special rights. Go. Now."

His voice is cold and hard.
Magnus
player, 2837 posts
Mon 1 May 2017
at 17:47
  • msg #497

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Is stop
"... yes sir."

I'll walk to the barracks.

I assume that I didn't get to say anything to him.
Glantri
player, 1993 posts
Mon 1 May 2017
at 21:37
  • msg #498

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

He interrupts you as you get to the words "Are we going". You can choose to push it as far as to Elayne's name before he completely dominates the talk and sends you back to the barracks (carrying on afterwards would be the equivalent of disregarding a direct order from a superior in the military, you already know from your time in the tower that the consequences would be extreme)

-------

Back at the barracks you notice dozens of boards have been set up with the game stones. The mood of the group varies based on age. The youngest recruits (between 13-15) are enjoying having a day off. The group from 16-19 by in large look confused and slightly worried. The oldest group (mostly 20-25, but going as high as 35) are primarily trying to keep the youngest distracted from the mood of the middle group.

Galad is in the corner playing stones with someone you haven't talked with yet, and you don't see Gawyn at first glance. The room is crowded however. There are 5 warders who are watching and instructing some games, but much less than would normally attend training sessions.
Magnus
player, 2839 posts
Mon 1 May 2017
at 23:08
  • msg #499

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I probably would have pushed to Elayne's name. But stop there.

---------

I'll go to Galad and ask him.
"Galad, Do you know where Gawyn is? I haven't seen him."
Glantri
player, 1995 posts
Mon 1 May 2017
at 23:11
  • msg #500

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Galad is fairly intent on his game when you ask, but he looks up and scans the room, "I don't see him, but I'm sure he's around somewhere. Were you hoping to get a game with him? I believe the intent was for the more experienced to play and teach the less so."
Magnus
player, 2842 posts
Tue 2 May 2017
at 02:01
  • msg #501

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"That is a thing that they probably want us to do with our time.
"Galad. Could you put your game on pause for a bit? I would like to talk to you privately."

If he does I'll lead him out of earshot in a isolated room.

"I know why they are having us play Stones today. Elayne Trakand and a few Novices and a Accepted have been missing for a few days. They have us playing Stones so that the Warders can focus on finding them. And If I know Gawyn, He has probably asked to help search for them.
Galad, Can you help me go though the proper channels so I can help in the search for them?"
Glantri
player, 1997 posts
Tue 2 May 2017
at 02:12
  • msg #502

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

He looks at you with a raised eyebrow, "Eli, we are expected to help teach others, as the warders have been teaching us. I don't plan to take it lightly and don't think you should either. I suspect we'll all be here for most of the day, it won't hurt to finish this game with young Bertram. Good luck in yours."

He then moves a stone. He's setting up a fairly obvious trap for the young man. He's not stopped listening to you, just resumed play.
Magnus
player, 2844 posts
Tue 2 May 2017
at 02:41
  • msg #503

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"I am not going to take it lightly. I just need a few minutes of your time before I start.
Although I guess I can wait until you finish your game with Bertram... By the way, Good Luck Bertram. You are going to need it to beat him."

I will observe the game between them.
Glantri
player, 1999 posts
Tue 2 May 2017
at 03:13
  • msg #504

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Bertram looks up and nods at you, before continuing on with the game. He makes a move that avoids Galad's most obvious trap, but that doesn't really advance his side of the board.

A game of stones takes between an hour and a half to two and a half hours. Everyone else will be sitting and engaged in a game well before Galad is done, you will be standing out quite clearly and obviously disregarding what everyone else has taken for instructions. Just wanted to double check with that, as I know the length of a game of stones wasn't outlined previously.
Magnus
player, 2845 posts
Tue 2 May 2017
at 03:27
  • msg #505

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Yeah I thought Galad would have been quick.
While I wait I'll find Daliin and Daemer to see if they started a game.
I don't think they would be that good at Stones. So I'll play with the intent to help them learn strategy.
Glantri
player, 2000 posts
Tue 2 May 2017
at 16:33
  • msg #506

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

You find Daliin first, buts he's engaged in a game with a younger boy already. You see Daemer not long after however and sit down to play the game with him. He's much better than you would expect, managing to move to both counter traps and set news ones. He plays with a conservative tilt, but pivots his strategy when needed. You win, but by a very small margin. He's particularly pensive while playing, the focus of a man who dislikes losing and knows what he's about.

When you get up you see Gawyn playing at a table in the far corner, with one of the warders. He hasn't finished yet, though Galad has and is talking with his opponent still.
Magnus
player, 2848 posts
Tue 2 May 2017
at 16:41
  • msg #507

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I'll go over to Galad and ask
"How did the game go? Did you learn anything Bertram?"
Glantri
player, 2002 posts
Tue 2 May 2017
at 21:58
  • msg #508

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Bertram answers, "I learned a lot I believe. Galad and I were just discussing the need to always plan for where a fight will leave you, not just whether or not you can win it. I won several altercations, but then found myself in an unwinnable position before I knew it."

Galad smiles, "Bertram is quick to pick up the game, you should play more Bertram, you have the talent for it, and it's excellent practice for the battlefield."

Galad then turns to you, "I believe we have ten minutes or so before everyone finishes up, you wished to talk with me?"
Magnus
player, 2850 posts
Tue 2 May 2017
at 23:51
  • msg #509

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I'll comment to Bertram
"That is good to learn. I would like to see how you play. Would you mind facing me in the next game?"

In response to Galad I say

"Yes, could you come with me?"

I'll lead him to a out of the way room that we won't be overheard in.
Then I speak.
"Last night I found out that Princess Elayne Trakand and a few other Novices and a Accepted where missing. I'm guessing that they have been missing for three days. I think they have us playing stones in there so most of the warders can focus on making a plan to find them. They are going to act soon and I would like to help with the search. I'd imagine that Gawyn would too. Could you help me go through the proper channels to get included in the teams searching for them?

Although now that I think about it Master Coulin might have us go with him to search for her. This might be important enough for the Master of Arms attention..."
This message was last edited by the player at 23:57, Tue 02 May 2017.
Glantri
player, 2004 posts
Wed 3 May 2017
at 00:03
  • msg #510

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Bertram nods, "It would be my pleasure Eli."

Galad comes with you, thought there's not really a room to go into unless you're leaving the central barracks. You can find a corner and speak softly enough to not be overheard though.

Galad listens to you before responding, "I'm aware that my sister hasn't been in the tower for a few days now. I have done what I can to find out her whereabouts, but I've been told quite strongly that it is none of my business, and is an Aes Sedai affair. I strongly doubt that has changed. The proper channels however is to be granted Master Coulin's permission, who would likely need the Amyrlin's blessing."
Magnus
player, 2852 posts
Wed 3 May 2017
at 00:50
  • msg #511

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"I see. Thanks for your time. I was just worried about them and wanted to do something. I guess let's get back to the others and continue to play stones."

I'll head back and get a stones table with Bertram.

My style of playing stones is probably a lot more aggressive than most.
Glantri
player, 2006 posts
Wed 3 May 2017
at 01:14
  • msg #512

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Bertram is a very sharp player. You go on the offensive and try to take an early advantage. You lead off strong until you find the bulk of your stones flanked. You spend most of the game clawing back from the costly mistake. In the end you win by the narrowest margin in the game, having one stone left to your opponents zero. You only managed to claw back in through tighter technical play, Bertram definitely had the upper strategic hand.

Bertram smiles and extends his hand to shake at the end, "that was an amazing game Eli. I thought I had you pretty early, I'll make sure to compensate for some of those maneuvers next time." He has a competitive grin on his face.
Magnus
player, 2854 posts
Wed 3 May 2017
at 01:32
  • msg #513

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I'll smile and shake his hand back.

"You are pretty good at the strategic level. I'm actually sort of new to the game. I started playing a few months ago. Do you want to Play again?"

If he does want to play, I'll be a bit more conservative in my approach.

I'll continue playing who ever wants to play me until they dismiss us.
Glantri
player, 2008 posts
Wed 3 May 2017
at 16:26
  • msg #514

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

He nods, "I would enjoy that."

In your rematch you are cautious and reduce your losses, edging out a numbers advantage. You continue this for the whole game, and don't realize until the last piece is moved that Bertram has completely surrounded your stones, a winning move. The game on the whole felt close and like you were advantaged, but the outcome is a landslide victory for Bertram.

He smiles and offers a warm "good game" and handshake.

The day goes on with many games, lunch is brought in for all and it goes well into the night. No one ever comes in outside of the warderers who participated in the games and taught, but they eventually leave.

Your muscles aren't tired, but the game was mentally taxing. It requires a breadth of different tactical skills and there are enough variables that each opponent can make it a unique game.
Magnus
player, 2856 posts
Wed 3 May 2017
at 20:05
  • msg #515

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I'll comment to Bertram
"It looks like I have quite a few things to learn about Strategy."

Once we are done for the day. I'll go have dinner with Susan to see if she wants to talk about anything. Then I'll go to Alanna Sedai and get the ward. Then I'll go to sleep.

I don't have anything I particularly need to accomplish in the Dream World.
Glantri
player, 2010 posts
Wed 3 May 2017
at 22:19
  • msg #516

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Bertram says, "There is no greater fool than he who has nothing to learn Eli." He sounds like he is quoting proverb. "We all have things to learn, it's one of the joys of existence."

The warders depart late at night, hours past when dinner is normally observed. Food was brought in during meal times. Are you planning to attempt to leave early (No one has that you've seen), see if Susan wants to get a late dinner with you (if she hasn't already eaten), or just going to see and talk with Susan? Or something I didn't think of.

Likewise you are much later than normal for seeing Alanna, already past when you would go normally. Just wanted to be clear, in case it alters whether you go to Susan or Alanna first.
Magnus
player, 2859 posts
Thu 4 May 2017
at 00:14
  • msg #517

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"I can't help but agree with you Bertram. One has to constantly improve and learn new things."

If it was that late I would go see Alanna first for the ward so I don't keep her up too late. Then I'll go see Susan for a bit before going to bed.
Glantri
player, 2012 posts
Thu 4 May 2017
at 01:53
  • msg #518

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

You knock on Alanna's door and receive no answer. You don't hear any sound from inside, and while it's late it should not be late enough that she'd be asleep.

-------

You find a tired looking Susan when she answers her door. She gives you a warm but exhausted smile, "It's good to see you. I don't have long before I suspect I'll fall asleep though."
Magnus
player, 2862 posts
Thu 4 May 2017
at 20:31
  • msg #519

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I smile when I see Susan.
"It's good to see you too, Susan. If you are that tired we better sit you down on your bed. What did they have you doing that made you that exhausted? "

If she invites me in and she sits on her bed. I'll go ahead and massage her shoulders gently. I know a bit from what I have read and seen. I also know that it takes a lot less pressure than what I would require to feel it.
Glantri
player, 2015 posts
Thu 4 May 2017
at 23:01
  • msg #520

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

She shrugs and motions for you to come in, "Nothing in particular, it's just late and some days practicing channeling is particularly tiring. I've been training with a yellow sister all day."

She smiles and thanks you for the massage.
Magnus
player, 2864 posts
Thu 4 May 2017
at 23:55
  • msg #521

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

While I massage her shoulders I'll comment.

"Well. They had me play Stones all day to develop strategic thought. It was mostly mentally tiring. Still I have enough energy to do something nice for you before before you go to sleep. Would you like me to massage your back?"

If she does, I'll have her lay on her stomach by the side of her bed and massage her back above her waist. I'll do that for a while so that she can relax.

After a while I'll say
"Well. It is getting late. I'll let you go to sleep. Good night. See you tomorrow. "

I'll head to bed after that.
Glantri
player, 2016 posts
Fri 5 May 2017
at 00:46
  • msg #522

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

She nods, "That would be nice Eli, everything has been rather stressful."

She lays down and has a smile on her face while you massage her. She ends up drifting to sleep before the end and looks very peaceful.

I'm assuming you let yourself out then? You get back to your bed without anything eventful.

Do you plan to do anything in the dream world that night? Or anything before going to sleep?
Magnus
player, 2866 posts
Fri 5 May 2017
at 00:52
  • msg #523

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I'll put a blanket over her then let myself out.

There is nothing in particular I need to do. So I'll write down some ideas I have for the rpg I am going to run for Susan. Then I'll go to sleep.

I wasn't planning on going to the dream world. Because I haven't come up with any good ideas for scrying or fixing Archer or Kyotsu.
Glantri
player, 2018 posts
Fri 5 May 2017
at 21:37
  • msg #524

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

You sleep soundly and wake feeling much more well rested than for several days.

When you get to the training yard, Coulin is calling out forms for those who showed up early. They are working at a good but not particularly tiring pace. You note that several of them are among the weakest trainees.
Magnus
player, 2868 posts
Sat 6 May 2017
at 00:01
  • msg #525

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I'll go ahead and join in doing the forms. I'm going to work on making the moves as perfect as I can.
One it is good practice, and two it gives an example for the others to strive for.
Glantri
player, 2020 posts
Mon 8 May 2017
at 02:07
  • msg #526

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Over the next fifteen minutes the rest of the trainees filter in. Most of them do not join, a few do after they see you in the yard as well. For you it's really nothing more than stretching, and executing proper technique while well rested is natural to you.

After everyone has arrived Coulin calls out what's become a common finishing form and then addresses the group.

"Bartol will be leading you all out to cover some basics of ambush, both detecting and setting. Treat his words as mine for the day." And he nods over to a man already on horseback.

Bartol then speaks up, "I expect everyone mounted and at the western gate in 10 minutes. We have much to do today."

He then turns his horse and starts off at a trot. Coulin left as soon as he gave command over to Bartol.

I keep on forgetting to cover an important aspect of the warders. It hasn't come up, because of the way you've been interacting with them but they all have very distinct cloaks, which people commonly refer to as warder cloaks. They are color shifting and make it much easier to blend in when still. Not exactly chameleon style, but a helpful boost. They also make it harder to get a great depth perception on them when aiming a bow (or so you think, having not aimed at one with a bow). It is common among all warders, but isn't always worn because it announces who they are as much as a uniform would.
Magnus
player, 2871 posts
Mon 8 May 2017
at 14:19
  • msg #527

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

That sounds like a pretty cool cloak. I can't remember if you mentioned it before.

I'll get a horse and met Bartol at the West gate.
Glantri
player, 2022 posts
Mon 8 May 2017
at 21:47
  • msg #528

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

When everyone has gathered Bartol begins leading you out of town and towards the forest. On the way he is rather silent.

Once at the woods he says, "We will be venturing into the heart of the woods today. Everyone stay close, it is quite easy to get lost."

He dismounts and ties off his horse and begins heading onward. After half an hour you are near a clearing inside the forest, it's hard to tell but it might be the same one that you came across when investigating the white cloaks murders.

Bartol turns to the group, "So who can tell me something relavent to today's lesson."
Magnus
player, 2874 posts
Tue 9 May 2017
at 01:19
  • msg #529

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I'll raise my hand after a bit.
Once he indicates that I should speak, I'll say.
"Isn't a forest once of the best terrains to set up an ambush? With all the places that you can hide men out here. The only terrain that would be better is the middle of a city."
Glantri
player, 2024 posts
Tue 9 May 2017
at 23:07
  • msg #530

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Bartol nods and speaks up, "Eli here is correct of course, but it does miss the most important aspect of an ambush..." This fades away as a terrible scream comes from the south and simultaneously several whitecloak soldiers burst into the clearing from west, south and east.

Several of the students look around in a panic for guidance, but most of them begin running for the north clearing. The whitecloaks are charging on foot, and have swords drawn. A few of them are wielding halberds instead, and seem to be forming a second line of the charge.
Magnus
player, 2879 posts
Wed 10 May 2017
at 06:12
  • msg #531

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I am momentary surprised at this But I shift into my combat mindset immediately.
I'll sink as deep into the Flame and the Void as I can without risk of touching the One Power.
Then I will draw my sword and instinctively enter my balance stance.

I shout out, My tone Commanding.
"HALT!!! Stand your Ground Men!!!
If you go North, You'll Play Right into their Trap!
Remember the forms against Halberds!"

I'm focusing on Parrying and counterattacking. Trying to parry for the students that are not ready for this.

I assume that Gawyn and Galad are with the group.
How many trainees are there with us?
How many White cloaks are we facing now?
Glantri
player, 2027 posts
Thu 11 May 2017
at 01:32
  • msg #532

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

There are about 50 whitecloaks charging, distributed roughly evenly from the three sides. There are 40 or so trainees and one warder with you. Galad and Gawyn both have rallied about 10 trainees each to them, and 10 have grouped around you after your calls, but 10 are still fleeing in terror.

Galad takes the west, and has a natural leaderlike quality to him. He has the other trainees form a line to meet the enemy charge.

Gawyn meanwhile applies a different tactic of spreading his ten out as far as possible to wrap around the coming charge, forcing them to either fall back or find themselves flanked.

You don't quite get your group in order before the charge arrives, so you dedicate yourself to protecting yourself and those around you with parrying and excellent swordsmanship.

When you parry the first Whitecloak you notice your sword passes through the opposing halberd, which seems to shimmer slightly before the entire squad of whitecloak disappears.

Bartol speaks up at this point, in a loud and clear voice. "The first thing you must always do is be on constant vigil. Not a one of you saw the sisters lying in wait on our way in, who created this illusion. Were that not someone friendly but rather what they actually appeared many of you would have died today.

The second, is never let surprise rob you of your wits. There were enough of you and trained well that assuming a coherent strategy could have led to victory. Instead a quarter the number was lost before the charge even broke. Fear is natural, succumbing to it is death however."

He delivers that last bit with a solemn ring to it.

"I am however pleased to see that some of you have natural instincts for leading. Remember however, a leader is most valuable leading. Taking a spear through the gut in order to ride the front line with your men will cost more lives than it saves."
Magnus
player, 2881 posts
Thu 11 May 2017
at 02:45
  • msg #533

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I look around and try to spot where the Aes Sedai where.

"I suppose that last part was directed at me. I guess I need to learn how to lead men in addition to learning how to spot the signs of an ambush."

I resist the urge to rub my forehead. I really need to learn how to spot these things.
Glantri
player, 2029 posts
Fri 12 May 2017
at 01:42
  • msg #534

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

No Aes Sedai are visible. They didn't come out into the clearing that you can see.

Bartol responds, "it was all meant for everyone's benefit. Learning from not only ones own actions but those they witness is valuable. I want you all to split into two groups. An ambush party and a searching party."

Which party do you intend to start with first?
Magnus
player, 2882 posts
Fri 12 May 2017
at 02:08
  • msg #535

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

It doesn't matter too much to me. So I will start with the search party.
Glantri
player, 2030 posts
Fri 12 May 2017
at 10:26
  • msg #536

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Gawyn and Galad are both part of the ambush group, and take command of half of the group each before heading off north of the clearing.
Bartol makes it clear to give them a bit of time before pursuing. The concept for the day is being able to spot an ambush, not directly tail a group. He also establishes that this is not a fighting contest. If a group of ambushers spring out of a trap while you are unaware, any in that party are to return to the clearing. Likewise for any ambushers who are found (outside of when springing a trap). Last team to have members left in the forest wins.

Your group is naturally deferring to you. It occurs to you that your reputation has been steadily growing with the recruits. Galad and Gawyn radiate a sense of command about them, that you've periodically seen people react to and naturally follow. This is this first time you've seen yourself have that effect on people. The entire group is looking to your command before you even have to rally them.

Do you have a plan for your search? Specific things you're looking for? Are you keeping your group with you or fanning out.
Magnus
player, 2886 posts
Sat 13 May 2017
at 02:30
  • msg #537

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I assume that I have 20 trainees with me.
I assume that we are fairly deep into the Forest, so most of it is going to be old growth.
therefore the lowest branch is probably 10 feet up.

I'll shift the Flame and the Void to the mode that is better at observation at the cost of physical reaction speed.

"First thing First. I want all of you to maintain the Flame and the Void while we search. That can give you enough of an edge to notice a detail before they spring the trap."

I'm going to have them all with me. I'm going to have 15 of them walk in a semicircle in front of me. keeping within thirty feet of me and trying to stay within line of sight of me and each other. I will have 4 walk within 30 feet behind me. Their job is to watch our back so that they don't come behind us and surprise us that way. The last guy I'm going to have look up in the tree tops so that they don't surprise us from above. He is going to be near me.

So there is like a circle of 19 trainees around me within 30 feet. So if they hide behind trees the wide angle of my men should allow us to detect them.

We are searching in a zig zag pattern. Since we are moving side to side as we move forward they don't have an opportunity to surround us with out being detected.
Glantri
player, 2033 posts
Sat 13 May 2017
at 11:34
  • msg #538

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Yes, you have 20 trainees on your side.

You're also correct about the forest, it's definitely old growth. However it's old growth near that strange clearing, so near the clearing, there are some smaller trees with lower branches.

The terrain around the area is also not very flat, with small hills and gulches that the trees and low lying brush conceal somewhat. Moving fast is quite treacherous in this area.

One clarification on your experiences with the flame and the void. The improved observation isn't a separate form but rather an effect always present. Distancing yourself from your emotions allows both the faster processing of visual detail as well as increased fine motor control.

All of the initiates nod and follow your commands. It's difficult to maintain the circle you describe while moving through the forest, but they do a passable job.

After about half an hour of searching you spot an odd formation of leaves, seconds before your lead scout would have stepped on it and call out. Roughly at the same time your rear guard gives a warning cry. Once you had noticed the first odd formation of leavings, several others become obvious as Gawyn and his ten stand up, brushing off leaving and dirt. You suspect you were the only one in the group that stood a chance of not being ambushed by the trap they set. Gawyn has a wide grin on his face and says, "Well done Eli. I almost thought I had the lot of you. One more step and we would have pounced."

Meanwhile your rear guard is escorting Galad to you, who bows respectfully. "I had miscounted. I thought I saw your entire group in Gawyns perimeter, I obviously missed one."

Galad is alone, but his 10 are easy to find with the leader caught.

The rolls reverse several times, with your group taking the ambushing roll next. The continues until near dark. The searching team seems to win more often than the ambushing team, but each team has at least one victory in each role.

On the way back out Bartol points out a tree that you passed coming in. It takes a moment to see what he's pointing to, but the roots of the tree are slightly covered by leaves. When he brushes them away slightly you see there's space underneath them where someone could hide. "Hiding places are always around. Always."

You get back to the tower past dinner time again, but not quite as late as you were let out the night before.
Magnus
player, 2890 posts
Sun 14 May 2017
at 01:57
  • msg #539

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I'll check to see if Alanna is back. Then I'll get dinner and go to bed. I guess I need try to scry again... but who will I tell if I find anything out?

I'll head into the Dream World.
Glantri
player, 2036 posts
Sun 14 May 2017
at 02:04
  • msg #540

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

You knock on Alanna's door and don't receive a reply. You're about to turn and leave when you hear some movement inside and the door opens, with Alanna standing there.
She says, "Ah, Eli. I was curious as to whether you felt you no longer needed wards when you didn't show up yesterday. Or are you here for another reason?"

I'm assuming you get the ward and proceed with your plan.

-----------

When you go to sleep you slip into the dreamworld easily enough. You find yourself standing beside your bed in the now familiar slightly washed out looking dreamworld.

So you want to scry again, are you continuing where you left off the last time or trying something different?
Magnus
player, 2893 posts
Sun 14 May 2017
at 18:32
  • msg #541

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"I was released rather late from training. I checked your room as soon as I could. But I didn't get a response from my knock. So I assumed that you where out helping with the search. I am actually surprised that you are here. I am here for the ward."

-----------------

I am going to try something new. But I am still scrying.

I'll head to Egwenes room. I need something to help me target just her. A sympathetic connection to help me scry her.

Therefore I need to search her room for something than is unmistakably hers. Preferably something she will have an emotional connection to. Her dream journal probably will work. Obviously I'm not going to read the journal.

Then I'll sit on her bed and start meditating. Focusing on the sympathetic connection between the items around me; the journal I am holding and Egwene.
I'll follow that Sympathetic connection to Egwene and find out where she is.
Glantri
player, 2038 posts
Sun 14 May 2017
at 18:49
  • msg #542

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Alanna nods, and says "I am willing to reset the ward, come here." And she sets her hands on your head and the familiar feeling of the ward setting in rolls over you. It feels less gentle than normal, almost like the difference between putting a shirt on and having it yanked over your head.
-------

Ooc) I'm not completely clear as to whether you are going to her room in the dream world or before you go to sleep.  I am assuming dream world, and this description assumes that. If that's not the case let me know and we can rewind.

You head to Egwene's room and begin looking for an object that had a connection to her. You find most of her belongings are either not present in the dream world, or she took them with her. You find a few novice dresses, but that's the closest you find.

In the process however you realize something about the dream worlds nature. The more permanent and consistent an item is in here real world, the more likely it is to be present and stationary in the dream world. For example plates almost never are found on tables in the dreamworld, because they are much more frequently in cupboards. When they are on tables they are somewhat faint and tend to fade after a few minutes.
Magnus
player, 2895 posts
Sun 14 May 2017
at 20:09
  • msg #543

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

_----------

I was searching in the dream world.

"Great. I didn't come here soon enough for her stuff to still be here. How do I get a sympathetic connection now..."

I got an idea.
The room is still defined as her room. Therefore it still has a certain amount of her's-ness. I'll meditate and gather up the Egweneness of the room and then transform it in to a small statue of her. Then use that as a sympathetic connection to find her.
Glantri
player, 2040 posts
Sun 14 May 2017
at 21:28
  • msg #544

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

---------

You start crafting the small statue of Egwene out of the scraps in the room. It's a painstaking process, finding resonances that still are active and overlaying them on the statue as you build it layer by layer. It takes the entirety of your concentration for a long time, but it eventually snaps together as you notice a far off glow too late to avoid it flooding into you as the statue becomes a perfect image of Egwene. The light is coursing through you now and you feel Alive. The dreamworld seems to be in deeper hues and every sensation seems more akin to the real world. Drinking the light in is sweeter than anything you've ever tasted, but also feels like it's trying to scour you alive. Like holding onto a rope of twisting liquid fire. And there is a foulness, an aftertaste, like an oil slick sitting atop the sweetness.


OOC)Ended up botching on the small statue (if that wasn't clear, otherwise I would have given you an option to let go far before it got to this point). Think I handled that ok?
Magnus
player, 2897 posts
Sun 14 May 2017
at 23:03
  • msg #545

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

oh great. Damn it all. I drew on the One Power without realizing it. I hope Egwene is the one Min's prophecy talks about. Well let's find out where she is. Because if I messed up this much I want to get something out of it

I'll enter the Flame and the Void. Then I'll run the power I got through the Flame to purify it. Then I'll use the power to help me scry and supercharge my actions here. I'll meditate on the link I forged between the Statue and Egwene. I will follow it to her and find out where she is.

OOC: I do get focused on what I am doing. So it is a valid botch. It Does take away some of the impact of me choosing to mess up. It does put Prophecy in a bind unless I can spin it that my actions helped save Egwene or the others.
Glantri
player, 2042 posts
Sun 14 May 2017
at 23:18
  • msg #546

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

OOC)I'll do my best to keep interesting choices coming your way. It does put the prophecy in a bit of a bind, but I thought it would be interesting to see how you handled that. :)

When you go to enter the flame and the void you realize you're already in it. You had slipped in without noticing as you concentrated and you feel the power might have killed you if it coursed through you without the void being formed.

You try to purify the power, but find the oil slick while thin is immeasurably vast.

I'm assuming you push on, even with the power still having the impure feeling.

You meditate on the link, closing your eyes and forming the power to your will. When you open your eyes you find yourself in a familiar inn, The Three Plum Blossums in Falme. You have a sense of rightness radiating both from the statue in your hands as well as from deep inside yourself.
Magnus
player, 2899 posts
Mon 15 May 2017
at 02:11
  • msg #547

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I made the statue to find Egwene. I will use the statue to help guild my gut instinct as to where she is. I assume that she is in one of the room in this inn.

Once I am in the room I think she is in.
I'll form a connection to the mind within the dream there. then I'll perform the mental equivalent of knocking and saying "Egwene! This is Eli! Are you in there!"
Glantri
player, 2044 posts
Mon 15 May 2017
at 02:18
  • msg #548

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

It occurred to me that I hadn't pointed out something that should be obvious to your character (you've been in the world long enough and seen enough maps to have a feel of geography there.)
Falme is about two months travel from the White Tower. One month if you really pushed it and took ships whenever possible.

It leads you to a building close to the inn. You find yourself going in through a gated entrance to a lords manor with high stone walls around the perimeter. It takes some time but you eventually get a feeling that you are in the room she has spent most of her time in for the past few days. When you reach out however you don't find any dreaming mind to connect to.
Magnus
player, 2901 posts
Tue 16 May 2017
at 01:17
  • msg #549

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Yeah I should have thought of that.

I'll cut my connection to the one power once I get there.

Then I'll do structural analysis on the important looking items in the room.

Then I'll put the statue in my soul. Then retreat out of the dream world.

Lets see if I have a red sister death squad after me.
Glantri
player, 2046 posts
Tue 16 May 2017
at 01:38
  • msg #550

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

The room you're in is a fairly barren room. There are rows of beds, a wardrobe and a row of coat hooks along the wall next to the door. There's not really anything distinct or important looking unless you consider any of what was mentioned as such.

You shift yet another hole in your soul and store the statue. It feels different than storing anything you previously did, more substantial. It's not quite painful, but it isn't comfortable.

When you retreat out, are you trying to force yourself awake or waiting until you wake naturally?
Magnus
player, 2903 posts
Tue 16 May 2017
at 07:51
  • msg #551

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I was going to try to retreat to my own dream. But now that think about it. I should probably go ahead and wake up.

I will force myself awake. To check the real world.

I'm going to need to start acting. I need to talk to Susan.
Glantri
player, 2048 posts
Tue 16 May 2017
at 10:25
  • msg #552

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

You push through the barrier that represents your own sleep and wake up slowly. The process feels like moving through molasses. You wake up incredibly tired, but in what looks to be the middle of the night.

Are you going to Susan's room then? Novices and Accepted do have curfews, and trainees aren't supposed to randomly wander around. You could try and go quietly, but it would take extra time and look extra suspicious if caught. Or another strategy, just let me know.

The bustle of the white tower is eerily quite by the way, which could be common for this hour, but it stands in stark contrast to the otherwise constant hum of activity.
Magnus
player, 2905 posts
Tue 16 May 2017
at 14:34
  • msg #553

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

First I'll check to see if I can sense Egwene's direction with the statue I stored in my soul. It should be real enough to work out here.

Then I sneak to Susan's room and quietly slip in. Then I'll gently wake her up.

"Susan, I'm sorry for waking you up like this. I messed up big time. I was making something in the dream world to help me find Egwene and therefore find the others... But the task was too difficult and I was to focused on completing it. I Channeled before I realized that I was getting too close. I've spotted one interpretation of Min's viewing that doesn't result in me going mad. I need to go and find then using the thing I made. If I save them from something deadly, you can interpret that my first channeling saved them. Because I wouldn't have been able to find them without it.

I know they are going to Falme to meet with Rand, Mat and Perrin. They should be there in one or two months. I need to go now though. "
Glantri
player, 2050 posts
Tue 16 May 2017
at 16:29
  • msg #554

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Are you planning to channel to use the statue? It doesn't react at all without it, though you can sense it in your soul while awake, unlike previous items stored there. It's also uncomfortable, akin to poison ivy.

----

You manage your way to Susan's room undetected, to the best of your knowledge. She doesn't wake up easily and is groggy until you get into the heart of your conversation at which point she is very alert and looks to be weaving a warding on the room almost in a rush.

"Eli, you really must be careful what you say. If a sister so much as heard a hint of what you just said, or thought I might know. It would be very bad for both of us. I will not pretend I am not afraid of what's going on but you have my trust. I can't leave however, I would be branded a runaway.  What makes you so sure of the timeframe though? Wasnt Rand already near the borderlands before you came to Tar Valon?"
Magnus
player, 2907 posts
Wed 17 May 2017
at 03:00
  • msg #555

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

No. I will test it later.

-------------------

"A few days ago, I had a vision of Rand and the others riding into Falme. It... Wasn't what was happening now but something that will happen soon.  The thing I made Lead me to Falme. So I know that she is going there. And I know that it takes two months to get there. One if You use rivers whenever possible.

You staying here does ease my mind. I have a feeling that I am going right into the danger. You remember my dream about Falme before."

-------------------

After I talk to Susan I'll write a letter to Alanna and Ask Susan to slip it under her door in a few days.

'Dear Alanna Sedai,
I have to go to Falme to save the Princess and friends. I have a Feeling they will need me there in one or two months. If The Aes Sedai decide to help. You Probably want to bring an army or something. I'll be back...eh... I'll be back when I can get back.


Sincerely
Eli Bumbalough'

----------------------

Then I'll Return to my room and gather my things. Do I still have my traveling bags and things? I would assume so since there is no reason to get rid of them.

then I will head out of the tower and into town heading west.
I'll find an inn to sleep the rest of the night. And then get a horse in the morning, I should still have enough money to get one. I'll also get a weeks rations. I'll also take a look at how much a short sword to pair with my main sword is.

Do I have a tent?
This message was last edited by the player at 05:34, Wed 17 May 2017.
Glantri
player, 2052 posts
Wed 17 May 2017
at 16:34
  • msg #556

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

She nods when you ask if she remembers your dream of Falme. She looks very worried and on the border of tears.

----

Is the letter sealed? Folded? Are you letting her know what's in it or asking that she doesn't read it now or over your shoulder while you write?

----

You still have all of your belongings and pack up easily enough. Carrying it all will make sneaking out harder if that's your intent. It also makes it obvious that you did indeed intend to leave for a long time if caught on the way out.

You have enough money to get what you listed, though getting it in a hurry comes at a higher price. It would drain your funds to empty to get an acceptable horse with mount, a half decent sword, and the weeks worth of rations.

Sorry for the myriad of questions, just want to make sure to get this all right.
Magnus
player, 2909 posts
Wed 17 May 2017
at 21:03
  • msg #557

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I'll hug her to comfort her.
"I'm sure everything will turn out all right. Remember, I am a Ta'veren. The Wheel of Time itself is on my side. As long as I don't do something too stupid I should be fine."

Then I think of something to ask her

"What would you think would be the quickest route to Falme?"

---------------

I'll show Susan the Letter and ask if she thinks I revealed too much in it.

---------------
How much would I have left if I don't get the sword?
Glantri
player, 2053 posts
Thu 18 May 2017
at 00:35
  • msg #558

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

She bites her lip and thinks for a long moment before saying slowly in a deliberate voice, "It depends. It's on the other side of the Mountains of Mist... So you either have to go around or go through one of the passes... going around the north would be faster. Ships travel from the dock in Tar Valon towards Kandor sometimes. But that still leaves you a very long journey and all of it would be along the borderlands... Another options would be to travel down to Aringill by boat. There's almost always a ship heading there, but it's upriver so pace is slower. From there you could shoot straight west, through Caemlyn and Baerlon and find a pass across the mountain... I don't know of any in particular but I know merchants occasionally travel to Katar from Baerlon. Katar is only a few days ride from Falme..."
You get the feeling she's dancing around something. She's picking her words very carefully.

I'd like to resolve this part of the conversation before going over the letter, it could impact what she'd say.

-----

The sword was about 1/4 of what you have, so you'd be at 3/4 of what you currently have. The horse is by far the most expensive part.
Magnus
player, 2912 posts
Thu 18 May 2017
at 02:00
  • msg #559

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I look confused for a moment before realization dawns on my face.
She is saying it in a way so that she doesn't know which way I am going. Time for a little misdirection.

"I see. I will consider your advise and make a decision later.

I am going to write a letter to Alanna Sedai. Could you take a look when I am done? I want to know if you think I revealed too much."

--------------------

I could swear that I had somewhere between 40 and 45 Silver Marks. I'll go through the Archives and calculate how much I had when I got to Tar Valon and how much I spent in the next post.
But I'll assume I have 10 silver marks left for now.


Actually before I buy a horse. I'll find out if there is any boats heading south to Aringill.(Wouldn't that be downriver? I could swear that the river going through Tar Valon flows south.
Glantri
player, 2056 posts
Thu 18 May 2017
at 02:22
  • msg #560

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

In a weird turn of events, you go from having a confused look to her after you say you'll make the decision later. She nods though, somewhat uncertain.

"Do you think you can trust her with this Eli? She may not be red, but she's still a full sister... Also the sisters seem quite confident that Egwene and and the others ran away and that they will be found in due time. Runaways always are... I would not like to be them when the mistress of novices get a hold of them. But I should stay on topic...." She goes quite for a moment, her thoughts obviously catching up with her "... You believe an army would be needed? What do you think is going to happen there? I know you said there were invaders but..."


-------

I wasn't at my computer earlier (still am not) so I didn't have full notes. I was basing the cost on the fact that I knew you worked for roughly a full year (feel free to correct me) with some bonuses and in a decent wage position. But horses are very expensive, more so when you're looking for one that can ride a long distance and on short notice. Based on that I came to the cost of 3/4 of a decent jobs yearly income. We'll put a hold on it for now though.

I'm not sure when I would have specified what direction the river is flowing, but I'll work on posting a map tomorrow. How are you checking what boats are leaving though? I believe your plan was to head out in her to middle of the night and sleep in the small town west of Tar Valon. Are you coming back during the day to check the port manifests? Or trying to find out in the to middle of the night?
Magnus
player, 2914 posts
Thu 18 May 2017
at 04:16
  • msg #561

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"I have a feeling that I misunderstood before. From your body language and phrasing I thought you where giving my options so that you don't know which way I am going.

I trust her a bit more than the Other Aes Sedai. She knows about me going into the Dream World. And she hasn't turned me over to the Red Sisters. I probably do need to revise the letter.

As for why I think they will need an Army... The Wheel was centering it's weaving on Falme and Rand's group. I had a vision that Rands group will go to Falme. And event's have transpired to force me to go there too. When I get there it is going to be a tipping point in history. And I think it will involve the Invaders. We might not actually need the army. I don't know."

I'll revise the Letter to
'Dear Alanna Sedai
Something come up and I'm heading to Falme. I Think the Princess and the others are going there. I'll be back...eh... I'll be back when I can get back.


Sincerely
Eli Bumbalough'


"Is that better Susan?
------------

I had 50 silver marks when I got to Tar Valon. I spent 6 in rpg suplies. So I had 44 marks left.

I was planning to spend the night in a inn at Tar Valon then check about the things in the Morning. First thing I will check is the Port Manifests

OOC: Well. The mountains of DOOM are to the north of the Borderlands. and the river connects three points(Kandor,Tar Talon, and Aringill). If it flowed north I would wonder where all the water goes because we are still a ways from the west sea. I do know there is a sea to the south. So it probably flows down there.
Glantri
player, 2058 posts
Fri 19 May 2017
at 01:56
  • msg #562

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

OOC) My apologies. I had a massive brain fart last night. You are correct, the river flows south. For whatever reason when looking at the map I had myself convinced that rivers flow inland... realized my mistake on the drive home today.


Hopefully that link works, it should help with description. It's surprisingly hard to find plain maps of the wheel of time universe, most of them summarize the storyline in one way or another.


As you can see, Kandor can be traveled to mostly by boat from Tar Valon and Aringill also lies on the same river. Katar meanwhile is much further west, but you could take a boat down to Aringill, travel west by land picking up a boat in Whitebridge most of the way to Katar, but having to travel the last leg which is through the mountains without that benefit. The Mountains of Dhoom are in the far north as you said, in the blight. The Mountains of Mist are the mountain range near the Two Rivers/Baerlon region. Susan has more than enough knowledge of the region to be able to provide you effectively all the information on the map. Plus you've seen a few maps by now.

Ok, back to in game:

She sighs, "I'm not very good at concealing. I'm worried about you Eli, and the technical answer to your question isn't what I said. The ways are clearly faster, but they're suicide, especially when you factor in the near certainty that channelers sickness will hit you in the coming days."

She's still rubbing her eyes slightly, not fully awake. She reads your letter when you finish and says, "It seems reasonable. There are going to be a lot of questions without good answers though... I'm not looking forward to the ones they'll be asking me..." She covers her mouth as she lets out a huge yawn, "But that's really the least of this all. I don't think anyone will follow you though, they've been so concentrated on covering up the events from the other day that sisters are hardly even leaving the tower." Near the end her eyes are starting to drift shut from weariness.
This message was last edited by the player at 01:59, Fri 19 May 2017.
Magnus
player, 2918 posts
Sat 20 May 2017
at 07:45
  • msg #563

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

OOC: Woah. THe Mountains in the North are actually called the Mountains of D(h)oom. I was just joking about that since it is mountainous up north and the Blight was there too.

WI'll reply to Susan
Well, I didn't really consider the Ways an option. One, I don't know how to read the language used on the guild stones. And Two, There is no Ogier with me to serve as a guild. So Even I would regard that as Suicide...

Wait. What? Channeling Sickness? What is that Exactly? Is it like Rand at the Eye of the World? I thought that was caused by using way too much at one time."

------------------------

"It might be a good idea to ditch the letter entirely. If it would reduce the questions you would have to endure. Yes. It would be best to destroy the Letter."
Glantri
player, 2060 posts
Sat 20 May 2017
at 13:45
  • msg #564

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

OOC)I figured I had mentioned it at some point when you had named it. Heh. They are were you went to find the Eye of the World.

------

She seems relieved when you comment that you didn't consider the ways, "I agree, it would be suicide... You're just very driven sometimes. I worried." She seems to be fully waking up now, up to this point her words have been slow forming, the way that someone who just woke up who hasn't fully accepted that they're not just drifting back asleep.

"Um, that was worse than some cases I've heard of but not the worst. I thought you knew about it, having seen Rand's experience. I had a very light sickness but it still made it hard to ride upright for the better part of three days and Moiraine said it was the lightest she'd ever seen."

-----

"If that's what you want I will." If you say it is, she lets go of it and it bursts into flames, ash before it settled to the floor.
Magnus
player, 2920 posts
Sat 20 May 2017
at 20:12
  • msg #565

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

OOC:You probably did and I just don't remember.  Or I guessed the Name because there is always a mountain or mountains of DOOM.

----------

"I thought that was him using too much. So something like that happens every time someone starts to learn to channel? I assume that the body eventually gets use to it. Well barring the taint that will drive me mad and rot me. I'm going to hold off on channeling until I believe it is absolutely needed. This was an mistake I don't plan on repeating. I just have to resist the urge to use it."

------------
I nod to indicate for her to destroy it.
Glantri
player, 2062 posts
Sat 20 May 2017
at 20:15
  • msg #566

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"Well the body does get used to it, but it tends to be a fast process. When one channels, the body is worn out after the first use. It manifests typically as a very back illness, and most are bedridden for a day or so. I don't believe subsequent channeling past the first instance has any influence it however. Are you sure you're feeling ok? Don't feel dizzy or lightheaded?"

Outside of fatigue, you don't feel ill.
Magnus
player, 2922 posts
Sun 21 May 2017
at 05:47
  • msg #567

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"... Right now I feel fine besides the fatigue from exerting myself in the Dream World. How Fast does the sickness set in after channeling?"
Glantri
player, 2064 posts
Sun 21 May 2017
at 20:42
  • msg #568

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"I've heard it set in within minutes of the first time one channels, to up to a full day later. It's not been a topic I've been researching, putting so much of my time towards either training or trying to find more prophecy translations."
Magnus
player, 2924 posts
Sun 21 May 2017
at 23:35
  • msg #569

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"I guess it just hasn't hit me yet. I guess I need to get going so that I'm somewhere where I can ride out the sickness"


I believe after this conversation I was planning on packing my things and going to a inn in Tar Valon to sleep. Then Check if there are any ships going to Aringill in the morning.
Glantri
player, 2066 posts
Mon 22 May 2017
at 01:39
  • msg #570

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

She nods "Being somewhere that you can sleep and eat well will be important. Be safe Eli." And she hugs you fiercely.

-----

Yeah,we had established all of that, but then the conversation with Susan started getting long enough that I wanted to resolve that first. I already rolled on you getting out of the tower without detection, which you passed. You can find a ship sailing for Arringall without any trouble as well, though the first leaves shortly after noon. Are you planning to pay, offer to work for passage, or stowaway? (Or something I'm not thinking of.

When you wake up in the inn you feel fine, if somewhat tired for having been up for a period of time in the middle of the night.

Alternatively if there's anything remaining in the night that you wanted to do/play out just let me know.
Magnus
player, 2926 posts
Mon 22 May 2017
at 07:53
  • msg #571

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I'll hug her back, stroking her hair to help comfort her. Then I'll kiss her.

"With that Kiss, I'm sure I'll have all the luck I need. I'll miss you until I see you Again."

--------------------

I'll pay for passage. I'm expecting to not be able to work or do much for the next few days. So I don't want to promise to work and have to go through that with the sickness.
Hopefully I'll be back to normal when I get to Arringall. Then I can offer my services as a guard to a merchant going west.
If I need a horse, I can get one without a big rush so maybe I can save a bit of money that way.
Glantri
player, 2068 posts
Mon 22 May 2017
at 16:42
  • msg #572

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

You find a captain  of a ship called Maidens Kiss looking to sail south who has a spare spot open on his deck. For a silver mark you can sleep with the crew, two if you want your own room.

What do you plan to do with your days and how do you plan to sleep? As in what amount of dreamworld activity of any.
Magnus
player, 2928 posts
Tue 23 May 2017
at 07:16
  • msg #573

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I don't want the crew questioning my condition when it hits. So I'll Pay the 2 Silver Marks.
Is food included with the Price?

I'll ask the captain About how long the Trip down river to Arringall usually takes.

I'm not really Planning Anything in the Dream World. Theoretically I could go in and Finish Making Kyotsu and stabilize Archer. But I'm Not sure if it is a good Idea. There is a difference between Can and Should. Even if my nature wants me to rush ahead and make my vision real. I suppose this world is a godsend for me learning magic in the multiverse. It will teach me caution when using magic. Otherwise I go crazy and/or rot. If the RPGs I've played have taught me anything about how I would Use Magic, It's like a Giant Hammer that I would Use to solve all my problems.  Even ones where magic isn't the best solution.
So for now I will sit and wait until the Magic is really needed.

 If I Feel Up to it I'll Practice my forms in my room. Otherwise Maintaining the Flame and the Void most of the time.

I might drop it when I need my emotions. Such as when Talking to someone or Writing for the game system I'm going to use for Susan.
Glantri
player, 2070 posts
Tue 23 May 2017
at 16:51
  • msg #574

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Food is included but it's not very good food. Working crew gets the majority of the protein, leaving passengers either what they brought or a mix of vegetable stew and bread.

The captain brags that his ship be one of the fastest in the river trade. Sometime late in the day tomorrow he should be pulling up to Arringill.

That night you sleep well and without any dreamworld excursions. The next day you still feel surprisingly good. Actually better than normal, but that might just be that you've had pretty terrible sleep recently and to have good sleep is a relief. You don't sense any sign of sickness however.

You are left alone to your devices for the day. Any time you embrace the void however the source is there, beckoning you to embrace it. Your memory of the sweetness and life infusing qualities makes it difficult to resist.

Other than that, at near dusk you hear a call from deck that docking is about to commence. Based on what you know of the technology level and also the distance you traveled, the trip likely should have taken nearly double that time.
Magnus
player, 2930 posts
Tue 23 May 2017
at 18:18
  • msg #575

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

So the Light is showing up at any level of the Flame and the Void now?

I'll gather my things and head to the deck. I am wearing my sword on my belt. I am in the Flame and the Void due to my suspicion that this is too early to get there.

I had hoped that leaving quickly like that would throw off the Whitecloaks watching me.
Glantri
player, 2072 posts
Tue 23 May 2017
at 23:08
  • msg #576

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

You head topside to find the crew pulling on ropes to draw themselves up to the dock. The city surrounding you looks to be of fair size, smaller than Caemlyn but larger than Baerlon.

The city has a thriving port with several other ships docking or docked currently. There is a marketplace that's naturally built up around the docks and inns and taverns built up likewise to support that.

Within your field of sight there are hundreds of people interacting with the thrumming dock. Among them you see a group of Whitecloaks at a stall. They don't look to be searching for anyone however.
Magnus
player, 2932 posts
Wed 24 May 2017
at 08:46
  • msg #577

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

It does strike me odd that I haven't been hit with the Channelers Sickness yet. But I Dismiss it as probably a side effect from being a verser.

No point in drawing attention to myself. I'll get a set of traveling cloths and then look for a merchant caravan going west to Caemlyn or Whitebridge. Once I find one I'll Offer my services as a Guard. I'll let them know that I trained with the Warders at the White Tower. I'm hoping that is impressive enough to get hired. The Merchant's head guard probably will want to test me though.

Does Baerlon connect to the Same River as Whitebridge? I came to Baerlon the first time with those two fishermen.
Glantri
player, 2074 posts
Thu 25 May 2017
at 16:57
  • msg #578

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

You find a set of clothes meant for traveling that are a dull brown color. They include shirt, pants and a half decent cloak. It costs 1 silver mark.  You don't think they'll last all that long or be comfortable, but they will get you where you're going.

Yes, Baerlon and Whitebridge are on the same river, though a merchant would travel that by road normally, to avoid ferrying fees. Are you looking to find a merchant heading to Baerlon or whitebridge or further down? Some merchants don't seem to have any guards (small time one wagon types) while some have up to three and have a caravan of wagons. What is your preference?
Magnus
player, 2934 posts
Thu 25 May 2017
at 19:59
  • msg #579

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I'm looking for one heading to Whitebridge. I'm planning on separating with them there. And then take a ferry to Baerlon.

I'm looking for one with two or three guards. Let's see what kind of deal I can get. A White Tower train guard sould be a premium job.
Glantri
player, 2076 posts
Thu 25 May 2017
at 22:06
  • msg #580

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

You find a merchant with two guards and a medium size caravan. When you ask whether he is traveling to Whitebridge and if he is interested in hiring you on as a guard he replies, "Aye lad, I be heading that way. Planning to pick up some two rivers tabac, and there's no faster route. I've never been given a problem though before what with these two lads traveling with me." And he slaps both of his guards on the back with a smile. They seem friendly enough, though that carry themselves like they are ready for a fight.
"I suppose a third wouldn't hurt however, I don't have much margins to pay however, but you are welcome to ride in the cart and sup with us. Don't have a spare horse though, unless ye' have one already."
Magnus
player, 2936 posts
Thu 25 May 2017
at 23:32
  • msg #581

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"That is Acceptable. Unfortunately I don't have a horse. Anyway. When can we get going?"
Glantri
player, 2078 posts
Thu 25 May 2017
at 23:46
  • msg #582

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

He chuckles, and says "Quite a rush on ya there laddy. Well I'm just finishing up a few transactions tonight, resting up a bit before setting out at first light tomorrow.

He beckons for you to follow, as he tends to various trades, mostly for books and moderately nice clothing before he leads you and the other two guards to the stables of a reasonably well to do inn. The three of you end up sharing a room that's rather cramped with three beds, but doable. The merchant takes a room to himself. Do you plan to try and befriend your fellow guardsmen or try to stay seperated from them as much you can? They seem reasonable, though both appear quite by nature. Not particularly unusual for their profession, but a stark contrast to the vigor that the merchant applies to his words.

Is the intent to avoid the dreamworld entirely for this trip? Don't want to nag by asking, but don't want to skip over nights that you intend to do something in.
Magnus
player, 2938 posts
Fri 26 May 2017
at 00:59
  • msg #583

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I need my energy to guard. So I'm not planning on going to the Dream World this trip. I might do something when I am resting on the Ferry.

I'll try talking to the guards and being friendly with them. They're my coworkers for this trip. No point being standoffish to them. I'll find out their names.
Glantri
player, 2080 posts
Fri 26 May 2017
at 01:09
  • msg #584

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Carl introduces himself "Its nice to meet you Eli. It's nice to have an extra set of eyes, it discourages any potential trouble. Have you been in this trade long? Grant and I have been at it since we've been old enough to carry swords. It's a good living and let's you see the world." He seems to be very curious, while Grant is content to listen and see where the conversation goes.
Magnus
player, 2939 posts
Fri 26 May 2017
at 14:43
  • msg #585

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"This is the first time I've been hired to guard someone.  But I've had training as a swordsman. I trained at the white Tower with the Warders."
Glantri
player, 2081 posts
Fri 26 May 2017
at 16:35
  • msg #586

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Grant raises a skeptical eyebrow, "Warder trained eh? It sounds an interesting story, one who gains privilege to train with them and finds themself a guard. That path leads one of three ways, blade master, commander or the like, or Warder. You're no warder, and I don't see a heron on your blade... so what are you running from? I don't like the idea of drawing the ire of the White Tower."
Magnus
player, 2942 posts
Sat 27 May 2017
at 02:38
  • msg #587

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"Heh. I'm not important enough to draw their Ire. No, I have to run to take care of something in Baerlon. It's really important to me. Although, I am going to be in trouble when I go back to the White Tower. Probably going to make me scrub everything for a year. Oh well.

If you don't believe me. We could always spar a bit tomorrow. I would guess thst you two have a set of practice swords to keep your swordsmanship sharp."


I think to myself
Hmmm... I wonder... they don't want to attract attention from the White Tower. Is that normal or are they male channelers? Or possibly dark friends? ... I hope it isn't the last one. That will make it an unpleasant night.
Glantri
player, 2083 posts
Sat 27 May 2017
at 10:20
  • msg #588

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Grant seems to like the idea but Carl speaks up again, "We have busy days during the fall trade season Grant, you know better." Then he turns to you, "Sparring while in a trade loop is a bad idea. It leads to being tired, and if someone jumps us during that time we've failed at our job."

He then begins shuffling around setting up his bed for the night getting ready to sleep.

-----------

The next morning the merchant knocks on your door before the sun comes up and then comes in, "Alright lads, time to get about." and he's making standing motions with his hands before turning and calling over his back, "Stables, five minutes."

It's a little jarring being woken up early, after consistently waking yourself during your routine in the tower. Carl and Grant seem used to this type of thing however and appear to have been up for a few minutes before he came in, they are mostly packed before you rouse yourself to stand.
Magnus
player, 2945 posts
Sat 27 May 2017
at 15:03
  • msg #589

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"I see. Sorry for the unwise suggestion. Good Night."

-----------

I'll rush to get dressed and get my things together. Then met them in the stables.
This message was last edited by the player at 17:04, Sun 28 May 2017.
Glantri
player, 2086 posts
Mon 29 May 2017
at 14:51
  • msg #590

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

OOC) Sorry for the delay, it's been a hectic weekend.


Carl says, "Not at all, it's just part of a guard's life. We may spar and carouse when we're staying a few nights in town, but on the road, it's all business."

-----------

You get out of bed quickly and get your things together. You manage to finish packing as they do since you have comparatively light baggage (They have several more sets of clothing, backup weapons, pots/pans, basic hunting gear, it all adds up)

-----------

The merchant is sitting in his wagon which has two horses hitched to it already. He motions for you to hop in the back. There's a small bench on the one side of the wagon that is oriented to allow a good view out the back or through the front opening depending on how you are sitting. You are somewhat cramped in there, with boxes stacked up throughout most of the wagon. Carl and Grant bridle their horses in the meantime and when they're ready the merchant puts the wagon to a slow ride.
Magnus
player, 2947 posts
Mon 29 May 2017
at 23:49
  • msg #591

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

OOC: No Problem.

I'll set my bag down on the floor of the wagon and position myself to watch the back.
I'll try to hold the Flame and the Void to help pay attention to my surroundings.
I'm trying to hold it at a low enough level that the One Power doesn't show up to tempt me.

Otherwise I'm just going to do my job and watch for trouble.
Glantri
player, 2087 posts
Tue 30 May 2017
at 00:25
  • msg #592

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

When you assume the flame and the void the light of the one power is always present, even when you first assume it. It beckons, and there is temptation. As long as you give it a small amount of constant thought not to embrace it however, you feel it's not a huge liability.

Overall it's a very boring job though, most of the miles are just plains or forests. Late in the day the merchant calls to the three of you, "We'll be stopping at Master Flinn's tonight. Remember, best behavior, he's an old friend."

He turns back to you, "Master Flinn's a good man, saved my life twice back when we was both in the Andoran guard. "
Magnus
player, 2949 posts
Tue 30 May 2017
at 01:56
  • msg #593

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I will maintain the Flame and the Void on the job while maintaining the constant thought to not embrace the One Power.

----------

"I see. It will be a honor to met the man that saved you."
Glantri
player, 2089 posts
Wed 31 May 2017
at 16:36
  • msg #594

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

The merchant smiles and nods before going back to paying attention to the horses. Several minutes later you hear, "What in the flaming light! Carl, Grant, Go."

At this when you turn around you see a house that is alight with flames. They are reaching high already and in the void you can make out a cry for help from the inside. You have a sickening sense of realization that Carl and Grant certainly can't get there in time and get inside. The merchant is whipping the horses hard, driving them towards the house and you see a few tears fall from his face as he continues cursing.
Magnus
player, 2952 posts
Wed 31 May 2017
at 19:37
  • msg #595

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

What passes for my caution warns me to consider my action.

But I Refuse to stand idly by and let a man die.
They can't make it in time, the only way is to Teleport.

I open my connection to the One Power and draw heavily from it. I am forcibly tearing through spacetime so that there is a connection between here and the burning building then throwing myself through so that I appear next to the man needing help.
Glantri
player, 2092 posts
Thu 1 Jun 2017
at 01:21
  • msg #596

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

You open yourself to the light and draw in. At first, nothing happens, but then you seize the source and pull it in. The blazing fire rushes in and seems to be trying to scour you from existence. Holding it seems to require being at the razor's edge at all times, holding it close enough to drink in deep yet without constant attention you feel it would burn you out. Coupled with the sweetness and life-affirming vitality, there is a sickening taint as you grab the source.

You then focus on tearing space-time and begin layering the various strands of the power into a sigil that feels... right. At the end, the strands seem to quiver and then snap together and a circle rotates into view in the air. Inside there is a platform of crackling fire amidst an empty nothingness. You charge in and the circle rotates closed behind you. Mere seconds of moving in the nothingness, or you think it's moving. It's hard to say with no background to compare to. But after a few seconds you sense you're at the location, and with a thought, a second circle appears. On the other side, you see a terrified old man with white hair and a cane. He's looking at the fire in terror, but you can see the second terror in his eyes when they fall on you through the portal.

Drawing on the source feels amazing by the way, like the rest of life is meaningless in comparison. The feeling you had in the dreamworld pales in comparison.
Magnus
player, 2953 posts
Thu 1 Jun 2017
at 02:31
  • msg #597

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I say the first thing that comes to my mind
"Come with me if you want to Live."
I'll go out get him and then Do the same thing with the One power to teleport somewhere outside near the cart.

I assume that he would come with me. if not, I'll pick him up and then take him with me.
Glantri
player, 2093 posts
Thu 1 Jun 2017
at 16:35
  • msg #598

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Your words jar him from thought and he limps over to you, crossing into the circle in the air and stepping onto the platform in nothingness. It expands at your thought when he joins you and you see the burning roof cave in where he was previously standing as the portal rotates out of existence.

You repear where the cart was, which is several hundred feet in its wake now, and step out of the portal. Master Flinn follows you but seems to be trembling. He looks at you and says, "I owe you my life. Wha... who are you? and why are you even here?"

The merchant and his guards are just getting to the raging fire of a house now and his guards are pumping water to pour on the flames as the merchant seems to be wringing his hands. They haven't noticed you.
Magnus
player, 2955 posts
Thu 1 Jun 2017
at 21:02
  • msg #599

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Now that I have time to think, I realize that felt different from the dream.

"Well, my name is Eli Bumbalough. I was traveling to correct a mistake I thought I made. There is a prophetic viewing that says that the first time I channel the one I save will end up saving the life of the Dragon Reborn. Let's hope that's you. Because that was the first time I channeled. Because otherwise I 'm going to go mad and rot and the Shadow will win because the Dragon Reborn died.

... Even if you are not the right one, I don't have any regrets. I couldn't stand idly by when I could do something to save your life.

Well, How am I going to explain this to them? The only explanation that makes sense is that I am a channeler. And... oh great now I am going to get channelers sickness. I wonder how I heard you calling for help through the Source..."
Glantri
player, 2096 posts
Thu 1 Jun 2017
at 23:06
  • msg #600

Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

How long are you holding onto the source now that you have him to safety? The thought of letting go seems like the greatest tragedy in the world.

Either way, Master Flinn looks at you as if you might be mad already, "I... I suppose I am just happy that you were here... I'm just an old retired soldier though, I can't say there's any reasonable expectation that I will be saving the Dragon Reborn. I doubt that could be any time soon, I'm sure the world would know if the Dragon was walking the world yet again." That last part strikes you as odd. Few people outside of nobility know enough about prophecy to be even that comfortable with talking about this.

"As to channeling sickness... well I know nothing of the sort, but there aren't many sicknesses I've not been able to help my patients through. If you get sick I'll see to you, it's the least I could do."

OOC) As to how you heard him calling for help through the source, I'm confused by that bit. Embracing the source actually augments your senses of perception. It's a further stage of attunement with the void. Or am I missing what you meant there?
Magnus
player, 2957 posts
Fri 2 Jun 2017
at 00:38
  • msg #601

Re: Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

With an act of will, I turn off my connection to the Source when I am done with what I need to do.

"He hasn't shown himself yet... I probably said too much...Well, Let's walk to your friend. He was quite worried when he saw your house on fire. Do you know what caused the fire?"

I'll start walking with him to his burning house.

Is it a cloudy day?


OOC:
Glantri:
They are reaching high already and in the void you can make out a cry for help from the inside.


I thought I was too far away to hear him in his house even with enhanced hearing(I was far enough away that horses couldn't make it in time at a full gallop). So my brain defaulted to the most logical explanation. That I Somehow heard his voice through the Source.

So was I just picking up his voice from a long ways away?
Glantri
player, 2097 posts
Fri 2 Jun 2017
at 22:39
  • msg #602

Re: Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

OOC) The part about being too far away for horses to make it in time was more an aspect of how far along the flames looked. You were far enough away that you would have never heard it without the enhanced hearing, and probably wouldn't have heard it had the shouting been any less. You were about 200 yards away when the house had come into sight. It is obvious to you at this point that each step of the void represents a boost to your senses in general. The stages being embracing the flame and the void, becoming one with the flame and the void, and embracing the power.

As you release the source you feel a sense of profound loss. Life seems dull in comparison to the vibrant nature of the world while embracing the source. And seconds later your stomach knots itself up and you find yourself in excruciating agony. The only thing that stops you from falling is Master Flinn putting an arm around you and helping you stay standing.

As you say that the Dragon hasn't shown himself there is a crack of lightning and you see Rand standing amidst the clouds to the west with a blazing sword in his hand. Opposite him is a man clad in all black with eyes of fire and a wicked curved blade in hand. And then a clash of immense proportions begins, between two obvious experts of swordplay. Each strike of the blade results in the peels of thunder rolling across the sky.

Master Flinn has stopped in his tracks and is staring, mouth wide open.
Magnus
player, 2959 posts
Sat 3 Jun 2017
at 00:25
  • msg #603

Re: Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I laugh even through the excruciating pain. The timing for this is hilarious to me.

"Ha ha ha... The Wheel certainly has a sense of timing for the Ironic. Apparently the Dragon has decided to show himself. Looks like Rand is fighting a Forsaken. Pray to the Wheel and the Light to aid him."

I force myself to stand and observe their battle. How does their skill compare to my own? Does lt look like I could help? How is the fight going?

Edit: Done

Yes. I am thinking about teleporting to Rand an helping with the fight. Intellectually I know this is probably a bad idea when suffering from channelers sickness.
This message was last edited by the player at 02:10, Sat 03 June 2017.
Glantri
player, 2099 posts
Mon 5 Jun 2017
at 22:59
  • msg #604

Re: Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

You try to force yourself to stand without the aid of Master Flinn and nearly fall over before he steadies you. Your legs feel like jelly and your entire body is in agony.

Master Flinn puts his hand to your head, and looks at you with worry, "Perhaps, but there's nothing we're going to do. Let's get you over to Berath, hopefully he is transporting some herbs I can use to get that fever under control before it wracks your body too badly.

He then starts hobbling towards the cart, forcing you to either follow with him or risk falling without his support to stand and walk.

Rand and the dark figure he is fighting seem substantially past your current skill level. Rand, in particular, seems to be a far better swordsman than you remember. They are also currently in the sky, and look to be gigantic. If you had to guess each is probably a few hundred feet tall. They look somewhat ephemeral however.

After several moments though the clouds over the mountains pass in front of the battle and you can't see the fight any longer. Moments after that a heavy rain begins to fall.
Magnus
player, 2962 posts
Tue 6 Jun 2017
at 07:23
  • msg #605

Re: Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I would assume that they are physically fighting somewhere and the giants in the sky are on a broadcast of the fight. Doesn't really matter. After that failed attempt to stand on my own. I know I am in no shape to fight.

I am annoyed that Rand is that far ahead of me in swordsmanship. I guess being the chosen one has it's perks. It looked like he needed that skill to fight the Forsaken.

He's like a Solar from Exalted. Raw power and skill... If he is the Solar I guess I'll be the Sidereal. I Might not be able to match him in raw power and skill. But I'll be able to pull off all sorts of weirdness that This world has never seen.

I'll follow Master Flinn since I can't stand on my own.
This message was last edited by the player at 07:30, Tue 06 June 2017.
Glantri
player, 2102 posts
Tue 6 Jun 2017
at 16:37
  • msg #606

Re: Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Master Flinn calls out to the merchant when you get closer and he turns around startled. He looks to have been near tears when staring into the fire and brightens visibly when he sees Flinn. He then is startled at the sight of you. The guards are both working on putting out the fire.

Master Flinn asks for a list of several herbs and hot water and the merchant starts over to his wagon.

Consciousness is beginning to weigh down heavily on you. You think you can hold on to wakefulness, but your body is screaming for rest and a relief from the agony. Your skin is rippling between feeling lit on fire and dunked in ice, with a bit of being covered in nettles thrown into the mix.
Magnus
player, 2964 posts
Tue 6 Jun 2017
at 18:52
  • msg #607

Re: Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I'll tell Master Flinn
"I'm about to pass out from the pain. My skin alternates between feeling on fire and purged into ice water. With pins and nettles thrown into the mix.

Move me to where you want to treat me. I'm not sure how much longer I can hold out."

I'll go where he wants and then pass out
This message was last edited by the player at 18:55, Tue 06 June 2017.
Glantri
player, 2103 posts
Tue 6 Jun 2017
at 23:47
  • msg #608

Re: Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Master Flinn turns to the merchant and adds rose extract, aloe, and peach pulp extract. The merchant replies, "I have the first two, but you know I don't deal in that filth. What would you need that for? You know what, pretend I didn't ask, just get to work, I don't know him well, but he seems a good boy."

Master Flinn then leads you to the side of the cart where he pulls out a few blankets and lies you down on them. Your last vision is him brewing a pot of tea before you succumb to the crippling pain and fall into unconsciousness.

-----------

You wake up to find yourself in a dark tent. You feel terrible. Your muscles feel bruised beyond believing, your skin raw, your throat hurts to breathe, and you are immeasurably hungry and thirsty.
Magnus
player, 2967 posts
Wed 7 Jun 2017
at 00:56
  • msg #609

Re: Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I'll get up and walk out of the tent. Looking for some water.
Glantri
player, 2106 posts
Thu 8 Jun 2017
at 10:44
  • msg #610

Re: Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

When you open the tent flap you see that you're next to the wagon, pulled off to one side of the road near a dense grove of trees. The moon is high in the sky, but from the moonlight through the tent flap you see a table set up in the tent with a little bread and pitcher.

About ten feet away you see another tent similar to yours. You don't see any light combing from it.

Moving is currently quite difficult.
Magnus
player, 2969 posts
Thu 8 Jun 2017
at 16:00
  • msg #611

Re: Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I'll eat the bread and drink what's in the pitcher. Then go back to sleep.
Glantri
player, 2108 posts
Fri 9 Jun 2017
at 00:22
  • msg #612

Re: Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

The bread is slightly stale and the pitcher has wine in it. After drinking a little you begin drowsy very quickly making falling asleep quick and easy.

------

You wake up some time later to see Flinn standing in the tent applying several cool cloths to your arms and legs. They seem to have a numbing feeling and are acting as a relaxing agent. He smiles when he sees you wake, but continues applying more cloths.
Magnus
player, 2971 posts
Fri 9 Jun 2017
at 02:39
  • msg #613

Re: Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I'll ask Master Flinn
"How long have I been Unconscious? How are thing going?"
Glantri
player, 2109 posts
Fri 9 Jun 2017
at 16:25
  • msg #614

Re: Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

He thinks for a moment, pausing at applying cloths and says, about a day and a half, maybe a little more. You've been having night terrors and have badly injured yourself. The fever seems to have broken a few hours ago. But I no longer fear that you will die."
Magnus
player, 2974 posts
Fri 9 Jun 2017
at 19:28
  • msg #615

Re: Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"... Well it is good that that the fever broke. I wonder how I hurt myself while asleep.

... What did you tell the Others? Carl, Grant and Berath"
Glantri
player, 2111 posts
Sun 11 Jun 2017
at 13:11
  • msg #616

Re: Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"You were thrashing about quite a lot, I've seen it before with bad cases of night terrors.

As to the other, I told them the truth of course."

And after a pause that seems infinitely long, he continues,

"That I saw my house aflame and tried running towards it without thinking. Fell into that ditch you pulled me out of, and got this for my troubles."

He pulls aside his coat to reveal a splint on his bad leg.

"I explained to them that you likely saved my life, what with animals that tend to set in among dark and me in a ditch with my leg the way it was. Tending to your fever is the least I could do."

He delivers this in a surprising deadpan tone, and without the initial fear, he had on his face when he saw you.
Magnus
player, 2977 posts
Sun 11 Jun 2017
at 17:08
  • msg #617

Re: Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I tense ehen he says that he told the truth. But relax when he continues with the story.

"Thank you. That helps me a lot. I hope I recover soon. I need to get going."

I can't shake the feeling that I need to go to Falma a fast as I can.
Glantri
player, 2114 posts
Sun 11 Jun 2017
at 23:51
  • msg #618

Re: Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"Another day or two and i think I can have you on your feet. Berath agreed to hold up until your on your feet. Then he's offered to give me a ride in to town to get materials and workers to set about repairing the house. You're welcome to continue with him, or lend me a hand. I can compensate your time."
Magnus
player, 2978 posts
Mon 12 Jun 2017
at 02:15
  • msg #619

Re: Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"I see. I will think about it as I rest."

I will rest and sleep. I have time to rest. So I will work in the Dream world.

I'll meditate on the Wheel and and my path in it. Something happened with Rand.
I'll Meditate on my Ta'veren Nature. To Figure out what the other Ta'veren are doing.

... I just thought of something. The Wolf dream is connected to the Dream world. Does that mean that I can talk to Elyas and the wolfs?
Glantri
player, 2115 posts
Mon 12 Jun 2017
at 16:24
  • msg #620

Re: Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

You find your way into the dreamworld easily enough now a days, and when you go to sleep you sit down and meditate thinking of Rand, Perrin, and Matt. You see flickering shadows of color when you do, and a strong sense of travel. And a feeling of where they are, or rather a vector pointing towards them. The problem is it's two vectors now. One roughly due west and another north by north west.

What are you doing to try and contact Elyas and the wolves? If anything? you've not seen any wolves in your time in the dreamworld, but you haven't really seen any animals.
Magnus
player, 2981 posts
Mon 12 Jun 2017
at 19:34
  • msg #621

Re: Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Hmmm... that is the direction of Falma and Tar Valon if I remember the map right.

My guess is that the Wolf Dream is the collective unconscious of the wolfs. So maybe I can enter it like any other dream.

I'll concentrate on were I want to go into the wolf dream to Elyas.

If it works hopefully I'll appear before Elyas. If I just enter the wolf dream maybe I can talk to a wolf.
Glantri
player, 2117 posts
Wed 14 Jun 2017
at 16:33
  • msg #622

Re: Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

The one direction could be Falme, but the other isn't quite towards Tar Valon, it's a bit too far west by your estimate yet. Though it's hard to tell with vectors over a long distance.

----

You concentrate on entering the dreams of the wolves and close your eyes for a moment, but when you open them again you find yourself still standing in the dreamworld.
Magnus
player, 2985 posts
Thu 15 Jun 2017
at 01:34
  • msg #623

Re: Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I open my eyes and blink a few times.

Huh. That didn't work. Guess my guess is wrong. I just wondered if Elyas would be willing to tell me what he knows about the dream world... Perrin is a Wolfbrother too. I wonder if he can get here too. oh well. Other things to attend to first.

I'll pull out the Statue of Egwene from my soul.

I am now confused how I made it if that wasn't really channeling the One Power. The Channeling in the real world had the channeling sickness... Maybe it was only a small flow in the real world when I do it in my dreams. I want to do science on this and figure out what I can do. But I know it is a bad Idea...My guess is that channeling here won't hurt me as much as channeling out in the real world.

I'll enter the Flame and the Void and connect to the one power. I pull a weak stream from it and force it to flow according to my will. I can't purify it as it comes in. But maybe I can purify it as it comes out. I'll use my will and some of the power to burn away the taint from the trickle of power I'm feeding to the Statue.

--------------

If I do manage to purify a stream using another stream to burn away the taint, I'll try something that a little reckless.
I'll pull out Archer EMIYA from my soul and put him in stasis to prevent him from fading.
My guess is that Archer is fading because he is equivalent to a pattern with no quintessence to fuel it in Mage the Ascension. The One Power Is equivalent to Quintessence. I have no desire to see him fade away. So I will open myself up to the One Power, split the streams and then use one stream to purify the One power that I feed into Archer to make him real.

Let's see if that works.

OOC: I had a thought. I did pretty much flood myself with the one power in the real world. That is probably why I had such a bad reaction to it. Archer, Kyotsu and Brutal Cunning where all in my soul when that happened. Maybe they soaked enough from that to become real.
Glantri
player, 2119 posts
Sun 27 Aug 2017
at 14:15
  • msg #624

Re: Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

You pull out the statue of Egwene, and turn it over a few times while thinking. You then embrace the flame and the void and seize the power. The dream world takes on a vibrance a little closer to the real world as you do. The world seems to resonate with the ebbs and flows of the chord of raw power you hold in your hand.

You siphon off a thin tendril from the main torrent of power, a process that in and of itself is exhausting, and see it's smokey thin trail pulse between a brilliant orange flame and a purple ichor glaze. You guide back to wrap into the main branch of the power that your holding and concentrate on having it flare hotter, to burn away the corruption in the tendril

As the tendril pierces the stream you feel your soul shudder in pain and watch in horror as time seems to slow down and as the tendril rejoins with it's source it collapses in on itself before exploding outwards, searing your flesh and covering you in a coating of vileness. The flame and the void quake, and for the first time you see a flash of the darkness flicker in your flame.

--------

You find yourself jolted awake by your pain, and roll onto your side as you begin expelling any food and water you had. To your horror you vomit a black paste, congealed blood mixed in with your previous days meal.

Meanwhile your skin feels hot, as if you had stayed in the sun for hours.
Magnus
player, 3029 posts
Sun 27 Aug 2017
at 18:06
  • msg #625

Re: Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"oggg.... That it what I get for doing science when I don't have a clue what I am doing."

I'll examine my skin. Does it just look like sunburn or something else?
Glantri
player, 2121 posts
Sun 27 Aug 2017
at 21:17
  • msg #626

Re: Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

You look down at your hand and don't see anything wrong with it, the skin color is normal. Then you touch something, and the pain reignites. You seem to have no visible burns, but feel as though your body was covered in the worst sunburn imaginable.
Magnus
player, 3034 posts
Mon 28 Aug 2017
at 01:47
  • msg #627

Re: Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"...Great. Hopefully I can sleep this off."

I'll try to position that doesn't hurt too much and sleep.
Glantri
player, 2123 posts
Mon 28 Aug 2017
at 17:28
  • msg #628

Re: Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

You ease yourself back into a laying position and find that not moving helps, bringing the pain just low enough that you drift into an uneasy sleep.

------

You wake to the feeling of a wet rag being placed on your forehead and a concerned Master Flinn staring down at you. "Are you ok my boy? I seem to have been overly optimistic on your recovery...  I have a brew going that may help..."
Magnus
player, 3036 posts
Mon 28 Aug 2017
at 23:52
  • msg #629

Re: Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"I hope the brew helps... does it have something for the pain? I guess some opium poppy would be to much to ask for... If it even exists here...Birch bark would also help a little bit. If I remembering herbs correctly. I read a book on herbs once. Thanks for your help... even though I made your job harder."
Glantri
player, 2125 posts
Tue 29 Aug 2017
at 00:39
  • msg #630

Re: Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

He looks puzzled for a moment but then answers as he gets a mug that was set off to the side, "You didn't cause this Eli, sometimes the body just relapses during recovery. Don't go beating yourself up over nothing. As to those two herbs, I've never heard of them, but that doesn't mean I've never applied them. There are so many names for all the herbs, it's impossible to tell sometimes. Perhaps later we can talk about that book you read and compare notes. But for now, drink this."

And he hands you a mug of warm tea.
Magnus
player, 3041 posts
Tue 29 Aug 2017
at 06:22
  • msg #631

Re: Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I chuckle slightly and then drink the tea.
"Thank you. Honestly I only know a little bit about herbs random bits I picked up, It's been so long since I read that book. The Opium Poppy is a ... 5 petal? flower that grows to be about as tall as you. the seed pod is about an inch across. The seed and the juices of the plant can be used to numb pain.but you only want to use a little bit because it can be addictive.
The pain is something if I'd consider opium to ease it.

Birch is a tree that grows all around here. it's bark is like paper. Good for starting a fire.  You can also boil the bark to make tea that helps with pain and swelling.

and that is about it. "
Glantri
player, 2128 posts
Tue 29 Aug 2017
at 11:12
  • msg #632

Re: Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

He looks thoughtful for a moment and comments "I don't know any herbs or trees that match that combination of effect and look, but I did mix in some herbs with similar uses."

I'm assuming you sip the tea, it has a mild grassy taste to it, and your throat goes numb almost immediately. That feeling begins to extend as a radiating effect out. Within half an hour the pain is only a memory, but muscle control is nearly impossible. Even training your eyes on something or keeping them open too long is difficult. It doesn't intrinsically make you tired however, though the boredom of doing nothing does.

Do you plan to try and do anything or letting this take its course?
Magnus
player, 3044 posts
Wed 30 Aug 2017
at 02:25
  • msg #633

Re: Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I'll Lay there and meditate. Embracing the Flame and the Void without grabbing the One Power.
I'm aiming to rest my mind and put myself to sleep.
Glantri
player, 2129 posts
Wed 30 Aug 2017
at 16:33
  • msg #634

Re: Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

You embrace the flame and the void, and while you don't seize the one power, it's glow and allure are ever present. You eventually drift asleep, though it is slow process.

You partially wake a few times as Master Flinn is pouring more tea into your mouth, but fall back asleep shortly after each time.

-----

Some time later you stir on your own and wake for the first time in for what feels like forever without being in either a stupor or excruciating pain. The tent is pitch black currently however and very quiet.
Magnus
player, 3046 posts
Fri 1 Sep 2017
at 02:30
  • msg #635

Re: Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

--------

I'll get up and go for a walk for a bit. I'll take my sword with me just in case. I'll use the walk and a bit of sword practice to gauge how well I have recovered.
Glantri
player, 2131 posts
Mon 4 Sep 2017
at 12:45
  • msg #636

Re: Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Do you intend to feel around in the dark for your sword, or what method do you plan to use use to find it. The tent flaps are either drawn very tight, or it's the middle of a dark night or a combination there of. Seeing enough not to stumble into things and potentially make a lot of noise would even be tricky.
Magnus
player, 3051 posts
Tue 5 Sep 2017
at 03:38
  • msg #637

Re: Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I'll feel around slowly to try and find a tent flap. I'll take a look outside if I find it.
Glantri
player, 2133 posts
Mon 30 Oct 2017
at 16:28
  • msg #638

Re: Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

You get up and slowly feel around for the edge of the tent and trace it to one of the sets of tent flaps. Both the top and bottom are very tightly knotted, but after a bit you manage to loosen them and open the flaps revealing a dark overcast night with only intermittent moonlight helping light the scene. You can barely make out the others tents and the wagon hitched in a row. It looks like there's been no movement for however long you were asleep.

On the other side of one of the tents you do see the faint glow of a fire though.
Magnus
player, 3093 posts
Tue 31 Oct 2017
at 04:40
  • msg #639

Re: Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

I'll feel around to find my sword. Then I'll go outside to the fire to see if they have some food cooking. After I talk to them for a bit and eat. I'll practice my sword forms to gage if I have lost anything from the sickness.
Glantri
player, 2135 posts
Tue 31 Oct 2017
at 16:30
  • msg #640

Re: Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Once the tent flaps are open you are able to find your sword with the dim light easily enough. You make your way towards the fire with it at your side.

You notice in the process of walking that the effects of the drink you were fed haven't entirely faded. Your mind seems to be reacting to the world on a delay, and your normal walking cadence is foreign to you.

When you get to the fire you see Grant standing guard. He smiles and waves for you to join him on one of the stumps pulled up around the fire. "Finally awake I see. The others will be mighty glad to hear it. As am I."

Do you plan to practice your sword forms in front of Grant? Judging by your walking ability you're not entirely sure you could do any but the most basic and remain standing.
Magnus
player, 3095 posts
Thu 2 Nov 2017
at 06:34
  • msg #641

Re: Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

No, The unsteady walk has told me what I needed to know. I just need the effects of the drink to fade before I test my abilities.

I'll sit with him and relax.
"Thanks. How long have I been sleeping? Where are we anyway?"
Glantri
player, 2137 posts
Thu 2 Nov 2017
at 23:53
  • msg #642

Re: Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

Grant thinks for a moment and responds, "Well, you've been in and out of consciousness for about a week now I'd say. And we haven't moved, Master Flinn has been concerned over how long your body was taking to recover. That mixture should only have put you under for the night. But your health seemed to be getting better each day so we decided holding coarse made the most sense. It seems we chose right."

He smiles and then stirs the fire a bit with a stick as he scans the horizon.
Magnus
player, 3099 posts
Fri 3 Nov 2017
at 18:05
  • msg #643

Re: Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"...I see. I hope that I havent been too much trouble for Master Flinn. I'm still feeling the effects of that mixture.
Which watch a are you on?"
Glantri
player, 2139 posts
Mon 6 Nov 2017
at 12:17
  • msg #644

Re: Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"I don't believe anyone, especially not Master Flinn, would describe your actions as a trouble. I would suggest talking to Master Flinn about still feeling those effects though if you feel them in the morning, or I can go wake him if you feel ill from them. But outside of that I'm not knowledgeable on that type of thing. That's mostly left to town wisdom's from where I'm from.

And this is fairly close to the beginning of the second watch. It's mostly just tending the fire in this area though, we've never been accosted coming through this area. Just keeping the fire going to keep wolves away."

And he gets up and stokes the fire slightly again.
Magnus
player, 3103 posts
Tue 7 Nov 2017
at 05:37
  • msg #645

Re: Magnus'a Meanderings: The Hunt Begins

"I think I will go back to sleep. Hopefully I'll feel better in the morning. Good Night Grant."

I'll head back to bed. and see if I feel better in the morning. If I get up properly I'll talk to Master Flinn.

Assuming he hasn't given me any more. Then it would be very strange to be knocked out this long. So what is the cause? Is it the channelers sickness? Or is Fate messing with me so that I don't do something?

Since I am going to sleep.I'll go ahead and relax and take my time building up a focus. I'm going to try to look at what the other Ta'verin are doing before I go to sleep. Taking it slow and steady to reduce the risks.
Sign In